[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2016035404A1 - Optical film, polarizer, and image display device - Google Patents

Optical film, polarizer, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016035404A1
WO2016035404A1 PCT/JP2015/066393 JP2015066393W WO2016035404A1 WO 2016035404 A1 WO2016035404 A1 WO 2016035404A1 JP 2015066393 W JP2015066393 W JP 2015066393W WO 2016035404 A1 WO2016035404 A1 WO 2016035404A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
film
optical film
acid
resin
organic compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2015/066393
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
知世 安達
岡野 賢
絢子 稲垣
佐々木 謙一
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Konica Minolta Inc
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Inc
Publication of WO2016035404A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016035404A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an optical film having a cured layer on at least one surface of a substrate, a polarizing plate having the optical film, and an image display device having the polarizing plate.
  • an optical film such as a polarizing plate protective film is disposed on the surface of a polarizing plate used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device (LCD).
  • the polarizing plate protective film is formed by forming a cured layer on a base material made of, for example, a cellulose ester film.
  • the cured layer is formed by applying a hard coat material on a substrate and curing it by irradiation with active energy rays.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 attempt to improve the durability of the film by forming a cured layer of the optical film with a resin having a specific structure and reducing moisture permeability.
  • JP 2006-83225 A see claim 1, paragraphs [0005], [0007], [0013], etc.
  • JP 2014-95890 A see claim 1, paragraphs [0006], [0007], [0031], etc.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 are demanded in recent years under severer conditions of higher temperature and humidity (for example, in an environment at 80 ° C. and 85% relative humidity (hereinafter referred to as RH)). Then, it does not have low moisture permeability sufficiently, the protection performance of the polarizer is insufficient, and further improvement of the optical film has been demanded.
  • RH relative humidity
  • an optical film that can reduce moisture permeability in a higher temperature and high humidity environment, and can suppress unevenness in application of the cured layer and suppress deterioration in visibility in an image display device.
  • the present invention has been made in order to solve the above-described problems, and the object thereof is to sufficiently have low moisture permeability even under a severe environment of higher temperature and higher humidity, and to prevent coating unevenness of the cured layer.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an optical film that can suppress visibility deterioration in an image display device, a polarizing plate having the optical film, and an image display device having the polarizing plate.
  • the inventors of the present application have found that the above problem can be solved by forming a cured layer having the following constitution on at least one surface of the base material, and have reached the present invention. That is, the above object of the present invention is achieved by the following configuration.
  • An optical film according to one aspect of the present invention is an optical film having a cured layer on at least one surface of a substrate,
  • the cured layer is An active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure;
  • the SP value which is a solubility parameter, is in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], has an aromatic ring structure, or has a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure.
  • a kind of cyclic organic compound, The cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • an optical film having sufficiently low moisture permeability can be realized even in a severe environment of higher temperature and humidity. Moreover, since the coating unevenness of the cured layer can be suppressed in the optical film, visibility deterioration in the image display device can be suppressed when the optical film is applied to the polarizing plate of the image display device.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is sectional drawing which shows the structure of the optical film applied to the polarizing plate of the said image display apparatus.
  • the films of Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not have low moisture permeability sufficiently under severe durability conditions (for example, 80 ° C. and 85% RH) that are required in recent years.
  • severe durability conditions for example, 80 ° C. and 85% RH
  • an optical film having the following configuration was examined. That is, it is an optical film having a cured layer obtained by adding a low molecular weight cyclic organic compound to an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure on a substrate.
  • the cyclic organic compound has an aromatic ring structure or a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure.
  • the present inventors have reduced the optical film by adding a polymer cyclic organic compound having a specific structure to an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure. It was found that the visibility deterioration of the image display device can be suppressed while achieving moisture permeation.
  • the high molecular cyclic organic compound having the above specific structure has an SP value as a solubility parameter in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], and an aromatic ring. It is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a structure or having a polar substituent in an alicyclic structure. The reason why visibility deterioration can be suppressed by adding the cyclic organic compound to the resin is considered as follows.
  • the deterioration of visibility in the image display device is considered to be caused by the occurrence of minute coating unevenness due to uneven distribution of the low molecular weight compound in the coating layer (cured layer) caused by charging of the base material of the optical film. It is done. That is, when the compound added to the coating layer has a low molecular weight, the compound easily moves in the coating layer due to charging of the base material, resulting in uneven distribution of the compound, which causes coating unevenness. By adding a polymer compound (polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomer) to the coating layer, the compound is difficult to move through the coating layer even if the substrate is charged because the compound is a polymer.
  • a polymer compound polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomer
  • compatibility of curable resin and the said compound increases because SP value of a high molecular compound exists in said range. Furthermore, since the aromatic ring structure has a high polarity and the structure having a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure also has a high polarity, the compatibility of both is further increased by adding the above compound to the curable resin. For this reason, it is considered that the uneven distribution of the compound in the coating layer is further suppressed, thereby further suppressing the occurrence of uneven coating and further suppressing the deterioration of the visibility of the image display device.
  • a preferable range of the SP value of the polymer compound is 18.0 to 20.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ].
  • the aromatic ring structure is more preferable than the structure having a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure in that the compatibility with the curable resin is further improved and coating unevenness can be effectively suppressed.
  • the cellulose ester film has high hygroscopicity and easily allows moisture to pass through in a high temperature and high humidity environment, so that the polarizing performance of the polarizer is likely to deteriorate due to the influence of the moisture. Therefore, the configuration of the present embodiment in which the effect of low moisture permeability is obtained in a higher temperature and high humidity environment is very effective when the substrate is a cellulose ester film.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image display device 1 according to the present embodiment.
  • the image display device 1 is, for example, a liquid crystal display device, and is configured by bonding a protective portion 3 to a polarizing plate 5 (particularly on an optical film 15 described later) of the liquid crystal display panel 2 via a filling layer 31.
  • the filling layer 31 is an adhesive layer (void filler) made of a photocurable resin such as acrylic, and is formed on the entire surface of the polarizing plate 5 of the liquid crystal display panel 2.
  • the protection unit 3 protects the surface of the liquid crystal display panel 2 and is formed of a front plate made of acrylic resin or glass, for example. Note that a touch panel (such as a capacitance method or a resistance film method) may be used as the protection unit 3 instead of the front plate.
  • the liquid crystal display panel 2 is configured by disposing polarizing plates 5 and 6 on both sides of a liquid crystal cell 4 (display cell) in which a liquid crystal layer is sandwiched between a pair of substrates.
  • the polarizing plate 5 is attached to one surface side (for example, the viewing side) of the liquid crystal cell 4 via the adhesive layer 7.
  • the polarizing plate 6 is attached to the other surface side (for example, the backlight 9 side) of the liquid crystal cell 4 through the adhesive layer 8.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display panel 2 is not particularly limited, and various driving methods such as an IPS (In Plane Switching) type and a TN (Twisted Nematic) method can be employed.
  • the polarizing plate 5 includes a polarizer 11 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, a film substrate 12 and a cured layer 13 that are sequentially stacked on the protective portion 3 side of the polarizer 11, and a liquid crystal cell 4 side of the polarizer 11.
  • the optical film 14 is made up of.
  • the film base 12 and the cured layer 13 constitute an optical film 15 as a protective film formed on the surface on the viewing side of the polarizer 11.
  • the film substrate 12 is composed of a cellulose ester film. Therefore, the film substrate 12 is also referred to as a cellulose ester film substrate.
  • the film thickness of the film substrate 12 is in the range of 5 to 34 ⁇ m.
  • the optical film 15 and the polarizing plate 5 can be made thinner, which can contribute to the thinning of the entire image display device 1.
  • the cured layer 13 may be composed of a single layer as shown in FIG. 1, but two or more layers may be laminated on the film substrate 12.
  • the cured layer 13 may be configured by laminating a first cured layer 13a and a second cured layer 13b from the film base 12 side.
  • the optical film 14 is provided to protect the back surface of the polarizing plate 5.
  • the optical film 14 may be made of the same material as the film substrate 12 (for example, cellulose ester) or may be made of other materials.
  • the film substrate 12 may be composed of a ⁇ / 4 film.
  • the ⁇ / 4 film is a layer that imparts in-plane retardation of about 1 ⁇ 4 of the wavelength to transmitted light, and in the present embodiment, the ⁇ / 4 film is composed of a film that is obliquely stretched.
  • the angle (crossing angle) formed between the slow axis of the ⁇ / 4 film and the absorption axis of the polarizer 11 is 30 ° to 60 °, whereby the linearly polarized light from the polarizer 11 is converted into the ⁇ / 4 film ( It is converted into circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light by the film substrate 12).
  • the polarizing plate can be used regardless of how the transmission axis of the polarizer 11 (perpendicular to the absorption axis) and the transmission axis of the polarized sunglasses are misaligned.
  • the light component parallel to the transmission axis of the polarized sunglasses contained in the light emitted from 5 (circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light) can be guided to the eyes of the observer. Thereby, it can suppress that it becomes difficult to see a display image with the angle to observe.
  • the polarizing plate 6 includes a polarizer 21 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, an optical film 22 that is disposed on the liquid crystal cell 4 side of the polarizer 21, and an optical that is disposed on the opposite side of the polarizer 21 from the liquid crystal cell 4.
  • the film 23 is laminated.
  • the polarizer 21 is disposed so that the transmission axis is perpendicular to the polarizer 11 (crossed Nicol state).
  • the optical films 22 and 23 are provided to protect the front and back surfaces of the polarizing plate 6, but they may be made of the same material (for example, cellulose ester) as the film substrate 12 of the polarizing plate 5. However, it may be composed of other materials.
  • the above-described optical film 15 can be used for purposes other than the polarizing plate.
  • the cured layer 13 may be provided on both surfaces of the film substrate 12. Therefore, in the optical film 15, it can be said that the cured layer 13 may be formed on at least one surface of the film substrate 12.
  • the cured layer of this embodiment contains an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure (hereinafter also simply referred to as a curable resin).
  • alicyclic structure include norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, pentacyclopentadecanyl, adamantyl, diamantanyl and the like.
  • the active energy ray curable resin preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated double bond group include polymerizable functional groups such as (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group, styryl group and allyl group. Among them, (meth) acryloyl group and —C (O) OCH ⁇ CH 2 is preferred.
  • the active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure is preferably composed of a hydrocarbon group having an alicyclic structure and a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond bonded via a linking group.
  • the linking group include a single bond, an alkylene group, an amide group, a carbamoyl group, an ester group, an oxycarbonyl group, an ether group, or a group obtained by combining these.
  • polyols such as diols and triols having an alicyclic structure, carboxylic acids having (meth) acryloyl groups, vinyl groups, styryl groups, allyl groups, carboxylic acid derivatives, epoxy derivatives, isocyanate derivative compounds, etc.
  • polyols such as diols and triols having an alicyclic structure, carboxylic acids having (meth) acryloyl groups, vinyl groups, styryl groups, allyl groups, carboxylic acid derivatives, epoxy derivatives, isocyanate derivative compounds, etc.
  • R1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • R2 is an alkylene group or alkylene oxide group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R3 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • n is 1) Or an integer of 2.
  • R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.
  • R2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkylene oxide group, and preferably represents a methylene group, an ethylene group, a methylene oxide group, or an ethylene oxide group.
  • R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.
  • Examples of commercially available compounds represented by the above general formulas (I) and (II) include NK ester A-DCP (tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). However, it is not limited to these.
  • L and L ′ each independently represent a divalent or higher valent linking group and are not divalent simultaneously.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • L and L ′ each independently represent a divalent or higher valent linking group and are not divalent simultaneously.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 2.
  • L and L ′ each independently represent a divalent or higher valent linking group and are not divalent simultaneously.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 2.
  • L, L ′, and L ′′ each independently represent a divalent or higher linking group.
  • L and L ′ each independently represent a divalent or higher linking group and are not divalent simultaneously.
  • the cured layer preferably contains 30% by mass or more of active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the cured layer is excellent in mechanical film strength (abrasion resistance, pencil hardness), and in the range not impairing the effects of the present invention, the following ultraviolet curing is performed.
  • a functional resin may be contained.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin include an ultraviolet curable acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyester acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable epoxy acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyol acrylate resin, and an ultraviolet curable resin.
  • a curable epoxy resin or the like is preferably used, and an ultraviolet curable acrylate resin is particularly preferable.
  • polyfunctional acrylate is preferable.
  • the polyfunctional acrylate is preferably selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, dipentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, pentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate, and dipentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate.
  • the polyfunctional acrylate is a compound having two or more acryloyloxy groups or methacryloyloxy groups in the molecule.
  • the polyfunctional acrylate monomer include ethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, and tetramethylolmethane triacrylate.
  • a monofunctional acrylate may also be used.
  • Monofunctional acrylates include isobornyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, isostearyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, ethyl carbitol acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, behenyl Examples thereof include acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and cyclohexyl acrylate. Such acrylates can be obtained from Nippon Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.
  • the cured layer has an SP value in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], and has an aromatic ring structure or a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure, It has one kind of cyclic organic compound.
  • the SP value is represented by the square root of the sum of the molar cohesive energy of each atomic group divided by the volume, and indicates the polarity per unit volume.
  • This SP value is also called a solubility parameter (Solubility Parameter).
  • Solubility Parameter When the force acting between the solvent and the solute is assumed to be an intermolecular force (regular solution theory), it is used as a measure for expressing the intermolecular force. Is done. From experience, it is known that the smaller the difference between the SP values of the two components, the greater the solubility (the two components are likely to be mixed).
  • the SP value can be calculated by, for example, FUJITSU Technical Computing Solution SCIGRESS (manufactured by Fujitsu Limited).
  • the preferred range of the SP value of the cyclic organic compound is 18.0 to 20.0 [(J / cm 3 ). 1/2 ].
  • the aromatic ring structure of the cyclic organic compound may be a structure containing at least one monocyclic or polycyclic ring exhibiting aromaticity.
  • Examples thereof include a benzene-based aromatic ring having an aromatic ring in which one or a plurality of benzene rings are condensed or connected, a heteroaromatic ring having an element other than carbon in the ring structure, and the like.
  • a benzene aromatic ring is preferred, and the number of aromatic rings to which the benzene ring is condensed or linked is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alicyclic structure of the cyclic organic compound may be a structure containing at least one cycloalkane or cycloalkene.
  • a structure containing at least one cycloalkane or cycloalkene may be a structure containing at least one cycloalkane or cycloalkene.
  • Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkane include cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclooctane, cyclononane, cyclodecane, cycloundecane, and cyclododecane.
  • Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkene include cyclopropene, cyclobutene, cyclopropene, cyclohexene, cycloheptene, cyclooctene and the like.
  • the cycloaliphatic structure is preferably cyclohexane or cyclohexene.
  • the alicyclic structure is not limited to a single ring and may be polycyclic. Examples of the polycyclic structure include bicyclodecane, norbornene, norbornadiene and the like.
  • Examples of the polar substituent include, but are not limited to, a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, a nitro group, and a nitrile group. Preferably, they are a hydroxyl group and a carboxy group.
  • the cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • ethylenically unsaturated monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid-n-propyl, (meth) acrylic acid isopropyl, (meth) -n -Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid-n-hexyl, (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid-n-heptyl, (meth) acrylic acid-n-octyl, (meth) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth)
  • the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated monomer preferably contains at least one of the structures of coumarone, indene, styrene, vinyltoluene, isoprene, piperylene and terpene.
  • the terpene structure include a ⁇ -pinene structure, an ⁇ -pinene structure, a ⁇ -limonene structure, and an ⁇ -limonene structure.
  • a hydrogenated terpene structure obtained by hydrogen reduction of these structures may be used.
  • cyclic organic compound that can be used in the present embodiment will be shown, but the cyclic organic compound is not limited thereto.
  • Examples of commercially available cyclic organic compounds include YS Resin TO125, YS Resin TO115, YS Resin TO105, YS Resin TO85, YS Resin TR105, Clearon K4100, Clearon K100, YS Polystar T80, and YS Polystar manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd. UH115, YS Polyster NH, YS Resin SX100, YS Resin SX185, Knit Resin Coumarone V-120S manufactured by Nikkaku Chemical Co., Ltd., Knit Resin PH-25, Knit Resin PH-30-90T, Petcoal manufactured by Tosoh Corporation Examples include, but are not limited to, petrotac.
  • the cured layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator to accelerate the curing of the actinic radiation curable resin.
  • Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include alkylphenone series, acetophenone, benzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, Michler's ketone, ⁇ -amyloxime ester, thioxanthone and the like, and derivatives thereof. It is not something.
  • Commercially available products may be used as the photopolymerization initiator, and preferred examples include Irgacure 184, Irgacure 907, and Irgacure 651 manufactured by BASF Japan.
  • the hardened layer may contain fine particles. Although it does not restrict
  • the silica fine particles may be hollow particles having cavities inside. Fine particles coated with a polymer silane coupling agent are particularly preferred because they exhibit good mechanical properties.
  • the polymer silane coupling agent refers to a reaction product of a polymerizable monomer and a silane coupling agent (reactive silane compound).
  • a polymer silane coupling agent can be obtained, for example, according to the method for producing a reaction product of a polymerizable monomer and a reactive silane compound disclosed in JP-A-11-116240.
  • polymerizable monomer examples include (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid-n-propyl, (meth) acrylic acid isopropyl, (meth) -N-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid-n-hexyl, (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid-n-heptyl, (meth) acrylic acid-n-octyl, ( 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, toluyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate , 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate
  • an organosilicon compound represented by the following formula (1) is preferably used as the reactive silane compound.
  • XR-Si (OR) 3 (1) (In the formula, R represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms selected from a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group.
  • X represents a (meth) acryloyl group, an epoxy group (glycid group), a urethane group, an amino group, One or more functional groups selected from fluoro groups.)
  • organosilicon compound represented by the formula (1) examples include 3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, methyl-3,3,3-trifluoropropyldimethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxymethyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxymethyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxyethyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxyethyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrie
  • Polymeric silane coupling agent is prepared by reacting a polymerizable monomer with a reactive silane compound. Specifically, an organic solvent solution in which a reactive silane compound is mixed in an amount of 0.5 to 20 parts by weight, further 1 to 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer is prepared, and polymerization is started. It can be obtained by adding an agent and heating.
  • the polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles can be prepared by adding a polymer silane coupling agent to a fine particle organic solvent dispersion and coating the fine particles with the polymer silane coupling agent in the presence of an alkali.
  • the average particle diameter of the resulting polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles is preferably 5 to 500 nm, more preferably 10 to 200 nm, from the viewpoint of securing optical properties when used in an optical film.
  • the content of the polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles in the cured layer is preferably 0.5 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 60 parts by mass as the solid content, from the viewpoint of securing the film strength of the cured layer. .
  • the hardened layer may contain a conductive agent in order to impart antistatic properties.
  • Preferred conductive agents include metal oxide particles or ⁇ -conjugated conductive polymers.
  • An ionic liquid is also preferably used as the conductive compound.
  • the cured layer may contain a fluorine-siloxane graft compound, a fluorine compound, a silicone compound, or a compound having an HLB value of 3 to 18 from the viewpoint of improving the coating property.
  • the hydrophilicity can be easily controlled by adjusting the types and amounts of these additives.
  • the HLB value is Hydrophile-Lipophile-Balance, that is, a hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, and is a value indicating the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of a compound. The smaller the HLB value, the higher the lipophilicity, and the higher the value, the higher the hydrophilicity.
  • the HLB value can be obtained by the following calculation formula.
  • HLB 7 + 11.7Log (Mw / Mo)
  • Mw represents the molecular weight of the hydrophilic group
  • Mo represents the molecular weight of the lipophilic group
  • Mw + Mo M (molecular weight of the compound).
  • HLB value 20 ⁇ total formula weight of hydrophilic part / molecular weight (J. Soc. Cosmetic Chem., 5 (1954), 294) and the like.
  • Emulgen 109P (13.6), Emulgen 120 (15.3), Emulgen 123P (16.9), Emulgen 147 (16.3), Emulgen 210P (10.7), Emulgen 220 (14.2) , Emulgen 306P (9.4), Emulgen 320P (13.9), Emulgen 404 (8.8), Emulgen 408 (10.0), Emulgen 409PV (12.0), Emulgen 420 (13.6), Emulgen 430 (16.2), Emulgen 705 (10.5), Emulgen 707 (12.1), Emulgen 7 9 (13.3), Emulgen 1108 (13.5), Emulgen 1118S-70 (16.4), Emulgen 1135S-70 (17.9), Emulgen 2020G-HA (13.0), Emulgen 2025G (15.
  • Emulgen LS-106 (12.5), Emulgen LS-110 (13.4), Emulgen LS-114 (14.0), manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: Surfynol 104E (4), Surfynol 104H (4), Surfinol 104A (4), Surfinol 104BC (4), Surfinol 104DPM (4), Surfinol 104PA (4), Surfinol 104PG-50 (4), Surfinol 104S (4), Surfi Knoll 420 (4), Surfynol 440 (8), Surfynol 46 (13), Surfynol 485 (17), Surfynol SE (6), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: X-22-4272 (7), X-22-6266 (8).
  • the fluorine-siloxane graft compound refers to a copolymer compound obtained by grafting polysiloxane and / or organopolysiloxane containing siloxane and / or organosiloxane alone on at least a fluorine resin.
  • a fluorine-siloxane graft compound can be prepared by a method as described in Examples described later.
  • examples of commercially available products include ZX-022H, ZX-007C, ZX-049, and ZX-047-D manufactured by Fuji Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • fluorine-based compound examples include Megafac series (F-477, F-487, F-569, etc.) manufactured by DIC Corporation, OPTOOL DSX, OPTOOL DAC, etc. manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.
  • silicone compounds are Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: KF-351, KF-352, KF-353, KF-354L, KF-355A, KF-615A, KF-945, KF-618, KF-6011, KF. -6015, KF-6004, manufactured by Big Chemie Japan KK: BYK-UV3576, BYK-UV3535, BYK-UV3510, BYK-UV3505, BYK-UV3500, BYK-UV3510, and the like. These components are preferably added in a range of 0.005 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less with respect to the solid component in the cured layer composition. Two or more kinds of these components may be added as long as the total additive amount is in the range of 0.005 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less.
  • the hardened layer may contain an ultraviolet absorber described in the cellulose ester film described later.
  • an ultraviolet absorber described in the cellulose ester film described later.
  • the cured layer in contact with the film substrate preferably contains the ultraviolet absorber.
  • the cured layer is a component that forms the cured layer described above, diluted with a solvent that swells or partially dissolves the film substrate, and is applied as a cured layer composition on the film substrate in the following manner, dried. It is preferable to provide it by curing.
  • Solvents include ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, etc.) and / or acetate esters (methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), alcohols (ethanol, methanol, normal propanol, isopropanol), propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclohexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone. Etc. are preferable.
  • the coating amount of the cured layer composition is suitably an amount that results in a wet film thickness of 0.1 to 80 ⁇ m, and preferably an amount that results in a wet film thickness of 0.5 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the dry film thickness is in the range of an average film thickness of 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably in the range of 1 to 15 ⁇ m. More preferably, it is in the range of 2 to 12 ⁇ m.
  • a known method such as a gravure coater, a dip coater, a reverse coater, a wire bar coater, a die coater, or an ink jet method can be used.
  • the cured layer is preferably composed of two or more layers from the viewpoint of surface hardness (abrasion resistance).
  • the outermost surface layer contains the above-described polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles.
  • the thickness of the cured layer in contact with the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 50 ⁇ m, and the thickness of the second cured layer is 0.01 to 25 ⁇ m. It is preferable that it is the range of these.
  • Two or more layers may be formed by simultaneous multilayers.
  • the simultaneous multi-layer is to form a hardened layer by applying two or more hardened layers on a base material without going through a drying step.
  • the layers are stacked one after another with an extrusion coater or simultaneously with a slot die having a plurality of slits. Can be done.
  • the cured layer composition After applying the cured layer composition, it may be dried and cured (irradiated with actinic radiation (also referred to as UV curing treatment)), and if necessary, may be heat treated after UV curing.
  • the heat treatment temperature after UV curing is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120 ° C. or higher.
  • Drying is preferably performed at a temperature of 30% or more in the rate of drying section. More preferably, the temperature of the decreasing rate drying section is 50 ° C. or higher.
  • drying process changes from a constant state to a gradually decreasing state when drying starts.
  • a section in which the drying speed is constant is called a constant rate drying section, and a section in which the drying speed decreases is called a decreasing rate drying section.
  • any light source that generates ultraviolet rays can be used without limitation.
  • a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a metal halide lamp, a xenon lamp, or the like can be used.
  • Irradiation conditions vary depending on each lamp, but the irradiation amount of active rays is usually in the range of 50 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably in the range of 50 to 300 mJ / cm 2 .
  • oxygen removal for example, replacement with an inert gas such as nitrogen purge
  • the cured state of the surface can be controlled by adjusting the removal amount of the oxygen concentration.
  • the tension to be applied is preferably 30 to 300 N / m.
  • the method for applying tension is not particularly limited, and tension may be applied in the conveying direction on the back roller, or tension may be applied in the width direction or biaxial direction by a tenter. Thereby, a film having further excellent flatness can be obtained.
  • the back coat layer may provide a backcoat layer in the surface on the opposite side to the side which provided the hardened layer of the optical film.
  • the back coat layer is provided to correct curling caused by providing a hardened layer or other layers by coating or CVD. That is, the degree of curling can be balanced by imparting the property of being rounded with the surface on which the backcoat layer is provided facing inward.
  • the back coat layer is preferably applied also as an anti-blocking layer. In that case, fine particles may be added to the back coat layer coating composition to provide an anti-blocking function. preferable.
  • examples of inorganic compounds include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, tin oxide, and oxide. Mention may be made of indium, zinc oxide, ITO, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. Fine particles containing silicon are preferable in terms of low haze, and silicon dioxide is particularly preferable.
  • These fine particles are commercially available under the trade names of, for example, Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, and TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.). .
  • Zirconium oxide fine particles are commercially available, for example, under the trade names Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) and can be used.
  • the polymer fine particles include a silicone resin, a fluororesin, and an acrylic resin. Silicone resins are preferable, and those having a three-dimensional network structure are particularly preferable. For example, Tospearl 103, 105, 108, 120, 145, 3120, and 240 (manufactured by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) It is marketed by name and can be used.
  • Aerosil 200V and Aerosil R972V are particularly preferably used because they have a large anti-blocking effect while keeping haze low.
  • the dynamic friction coefficient on the back side of the optical film used in this embodiment is preferably 0.9 or less, particularly preferably 0.1 to 0.9.
  • the fine particles contained in the backcoat layer are preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 50% by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by weight, based on the binder.
  • the increase in haze when the backcoat layer is provided is preferably 1% or less, more preferably 0.5% or less, and particularly preferably 0.0 to 0.1%.
  • the backcoat layer is preferably formed by applying a composition containing a solvent that dissolves or swells the transparent resin film (film substrate).
  • the solvent to be used may include a solvent to be dissolved and / or a solvent to be swollen in addition to a solvent to be swelled, a composition in which these are mixed at an appropriate ratio depending on the degree of curl of the transparent resin film and the type of resin What is necessary is just to form by the application quantity.
  • Examples of the solvent for dissolving or swelling the transparent resin film contained in such a mixed composition include dioxane, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, N, N-dimethylformamide, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, cyclohexane, diacetone alcohol, 1 , 3-dioxolane, N-methylpyrrolidone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene carbonate, cyclopentanone, 3-pentanone, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl lactate, bis (2-methoxyethyl) ether, acetic acid 2 -Methoxyethyl, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, trichloroethylene, methylene chloride, ethylene chloride, tetrachloroethane, trichloroethane, chloroform and the like.
  • solvent that does not dissolve examples include methanol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, n-butanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and hydrocarbons (toluene, xylene, cyclohexanol).
  • the back coat layer may contain a resin as a binder.
  • the resin used as the binder for the backcoat layer include vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, vinyl chloride resin, vinyl acetate resin, vinyl acetate-vinyl alcohol copolymer, partially hydrolyzed vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer.
  • Vinyl polymer or copolymer nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate propionate (preferably acetyl group substitution degree 1.8-2.3, propionyl group substitution degree 0.1-1.0), diacetylcellulose, cellulose Cellulose derivatives such as acetate butyrate resin, maleic acid and / or Or acrylic acid copolymer, acrylic ester copolymer, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, acrylonitrile-chlorinated polyethylene-styrene copolymer, methyl methacrylate-butadiene-styrene copolymer, acrylic resin Rubber resins such as polyvinyl acetal resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyester polyurethane resin, polyether polyurethane resin, polycarbonate polyurethane resin, polyester resin, polyether resin, polyamide resin, amino resin, styrene-butadiene resin, butadiene-acrylonitrile resin, Examples thereof include, but are
  • acrylic resins Acrypet MD, VH, MF, V (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Hyperl M-4003, M-4005, M-4006, M-4202, M-5000, M-5001, M-4501 (manufactured by Negami Kogyo Co., Ltd.), Dialnal BR-50, BR-52, BR-53, BR-60, BR-64, BR-73, BR-75, BR-77, BR-79, BR -80, BR-82, BR-83, BR-85, BR-87, BR-88, BR-90, BR-93, BR-95, BR-100, BR-101, BR-102, BR-105 BR-106, BR-107, BR-108, BR-112, BR-113, BR-115, BR-116, BR-117, BR-118, etc.
  • the methacrylic monomers such as various homopolymers and copolymers were prepared as raw materials are commercially available and can also be selected as appropriate preferred from among these.
  • a cellulose resin layer such as diacetyl cellulose or cellulose acetate propionate is preferable.
  • the order of coating the backcoat layer may be before or after coating the cured layer on the side opposite to the backcoat layer of the optical film, but if the backcoat layer also serves as an anti-blocking layer, coat it first. It is desirable to do.
  • the back coat layer can be applied twice or more before and after the coating of the hardened layer.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra (JIS B0601: 2001) of the hardened layer is preferably in the range of 2 to 100 nm, particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 20 nm. By setting the arithmetic average roughness Ra within the above range, the visibility and the clearness are excellent.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra is a value measured with an optical interference surface roughness meter (manufactured by ZYGO, NewView) according to JIS B0601: 2001.
  • Haze The haze of the optical film is preferably in the range of 0.05% to 10% in view of visibility when used in an image display device. Haze can be measured according to JIS K7105 and JIS K7136.
  • index of hardness is HB or more. If the pencil hardness is equal to or higher than HB, it is difficult to be damaged in the polarizing plate forming step.
  • the cured optical layer was conditioned at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% for 2 hours or more, and then the cured layer was JIS K5400 using a test pencil specified by JIS S 6006 under a load of 500 g. Is a value measured in accordance with the pencil hardness evaluation method defined by.
  • a film base material has a cellulose ester as a main component.
  • a cellulose ester as a main component. Examples thereof include a cellulose diacetate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a cellulose acetate propionate film, and a cellulose acetate butyrate film.
  • cellulose ester films examples include Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC4UX, KC8UY, KC4UAY, KC6UA, KC4UA, KC2UA, KC4UE and KC4UZ (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.).
  • the refractive index of the cellulose ester film is preferably 1.45 to 1.55.
  • the refractive index can be measured according to JIS K7142-2008.
  • the cellulose ester resin (hereinafter also referred to as cellulose ester or cellulose resin) is preferably a lower fatty acid ester of cellulose.
  • Lower fatty acid means a fatty acid having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • the lower fatty acid ester of cellulose include, for example, cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate and the like, and mixed fatty acid esters such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate. it can.
  • Particularly preferably used lower fatty acid esters of cellulose are cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, and cellulose acetate propionate. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in combination.
  • Cellulose diacetate preferably has an average degree of acetylation (bound acetic acid amount) of 51.0% to 56.0%.
  • Commercially available products include L20, L30, L40, and L50 manufactured by Daicel Corporation, and Ca398-3, Ca398-6, Ca398-10, Ca398-30, and Ca394-60S manufactured by Eastman Chemical Japan Co., Ltd. .
  • the cellulose triacetate preferably has an average degree of acetylation (bound acetic acid amount) of 54.0 to 62.5%, and more preferably cellulose triacetate having an average degree of acetylation of 58.0 to 62.5%. is there.
  • the cellulose triacetate preferably contains cellulose triacetate A and cellulose triacetate B.
  • Cellulose triacetate A is a cellulose triacetate having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 125,000 or more and less than 155000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 265,000 or more and less than 310,000, and Mw / Mn of 1.9 to 2.1.
  • Cellulose triacetate B has an acetyl group substitution degree of 2.75 to 2.90, Mn of 155,000 or more and less than 180,000, Mw of 290000 or more and less than 360,000, and Mw / Mn of 1.8 to 2.0.
  • Cellulose acetate propionate has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and when the substitution degree of acetyl group is X and the substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is Y, the following formula (I ) And (II) are preferably satisfied at the same time.
  • the method for measuring the substitution degree of the acyl group can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) and molecular weight distribution (Mw) of the cellulose ester can be measured using high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the measurement conditions are as follows.
  • the film substrate may be configured by using a thermoplastic acrylic resin in combination with a cellulose ester resin.
  • Acrylic resin also includes methacrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin is not particularly limited but is preferably composed of 50 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate units and 1 to 50% by mass of other monomer units copolymerizable therewith.
  • Examples of other copolymerizable monomers include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • Unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as saturated acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, Examples thereof include maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of thermal decomposition resistance and fluidity of the copolymer.
  • -Butyl acrylate is particularly preferably used.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 80,000 to 500,000, more preferably 110,000 to 500,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin can be measured by gel permeation chromatography.
  • Commercially available acrylic resins include, for example, Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Electrochemical Industry Co., Ltd.) )) And the like. Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination.
  • a ⁇ / 4 film may be used as the cellulose ester film substrate.
  • the ⁇ / 4 film when the optical film of the present embodiment is incorporated in an image display device, it is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent visibility and crosstalk.
  • a ⁇ / 4 film refers to a film having an in-plane retardation of the film of about 1 ⁇ 4 with respect to a predetermined light wavelength (usually in the visible light region).
  • the ⁇ / 4 film is preferably a broadband ⁇ / 4 film having a phase difference of approximately 1 ⁇ 4 of the wavelength in the visible light wavelength range in order to obtain almost perfect circularly polarized light in the visible light wavelength range. .
  • the ⁇ / 4 film has an in-plane retardation value Ro (550) measured at a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably in the range of 60 nm to 220 nm, more preferably in the range of 80 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably in the range of 90 nm to 190 nm. More preferably, it is the range.
  • nx and ny are the maximum refractive index in the plane of the film (also referred to as the refractive index in the slow axis direction) out of the refractive index at 23 ° C.
  • Ro can be calculated by measuring the birefringence at each wavelength in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
  • Ro (A) indicates an in-plane retardation value measured at a wavelength of Anm.
  • a circularly polarizing plate is obtained by laminating so that the angle between the slow axis of the ⁇ / 4 film and the transmission axis of the polarizer described later is substantially 45 °.
  • Substantially 45 ° means in the range of 30 ° to 60 °, more preferably in the range of 40 ° to 50 °.
  • the angle between the in-plane slow axis of the ⁇ / 4 film and the transmission axis of the polarizer is preferably 41 to 49 °, more preferably 42 to 48 °, and 43 to 47 °. Is more preferably 44 to 46 °.
  • the ⁇ / 4 film is not particularly limited as long as it is an optically transparent resin.
  • the cellulose-based resin described above can be used.
  • the ⁇ / 4 film is preferably a cellulose resin or a polycarbonate resin.
  • the ⁇ / 4 film is preferably a cellulose resin.
  • the retardation adjustment of ⁇ / 4 can be performed by adding the following retardation adjusting agent to the above-described film base material.
  • the retardation adjusting agent an aromatic compound having two or more aromatic rings as described in the specification of European Patent 911,656A2 can be used.
  • the aromatic ring of the aromatic compound includes an aromatic heterocycle in addition to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Particularly preferred is an aromatic heterocycle, and the aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferred.
  • Cellulose ester film base materials have, for example, acrylic particles, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, It is preferable to contain matting agents such as inorganic fine particles such as aluminum oxide, magnesium silicate, and calcium phosphate, and a crosslinked polymer.
  • the acrylic particles are not particularly limited, but are preferably multi-layered acrylic granular composites.
  • silicon dioxide is preferable in that the haze of the film substrate can be reduced.
  • the primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably in the range of 5 to 16 nm, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 12 nm.
  • a cellulose-ester film base material contains the ester compound or sugar ester represented by the following general formula (X) from a viewpoint of the dimensional stability by an environmental change.
  • the ester compound represented by the general formula (X) will be described.
  • B is a hydroxy group or carboxylic acid residue
  • G is an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the alkylene glycol component having 2 to 12 carbon atoms includes ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol), 2 , 2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolheptane), 3-methyl- 1,5-pentanediol 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl
  • alkylene glycols having 2 to 12 carbon atoms are particularly preferable because of excellent compatibility with cellulose acetate.
  • aryl glycol component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include hydroquinone, resorcin, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol and the like, and these glycols can be used as one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • Examples of the oxyalkylene glycol component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol. These glycols may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Can be used as a mixture.
  • Examples of the alkylene dicarboxylic acid component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, and the like. Used as a mixture of two or more.
  • arylene dicarboxylic acid component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms examples include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5 naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, and 1,4 naphthalene dicarboxylic acid.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (X) (compound X-1 to compound X-17) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the sugar ester compound is an ester other than cellulose ester, and is a compound obtained by esterifying all or part of the OH group of a sugar such as the following monosaccharide, disaccharide, trisaccharide or oligosaccharide.
  • sugar examples include glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, arabinose, lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose And kestose.
  • gentiobiose, gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, galactosyl sucrose, and the like are also included.
  • compounds having a furanose structure and / or a pyranose structure are particularly preferable.
  • sucrose, kestose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose and the like are preferable, and sucrose is more preferable.
  • oligosaccharides maltooligosaccharides, isomaltooligosaccharides, fructooligosaccharides, galactooligosaccharides, and xylo-oligosaccharides can also be preferably used.
  • the monocarboxylic acid used for esterifying the sugar is not particularly limited, and known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid and the like can be used.
  • the carboxylic acid to be used may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid , Saturated fatty acids such as tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laxelic acid And unsaturated fatty acids such as undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid and octen
  • Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof.
  • Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acids having an alkyl group or alkoxy group introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, benzylic acid, biphenylcarboxylic acid, naphthalenecarboxylic acid, tetralin
  • An aromatic monocarboxylic acid having two or more benzene rings such as carboxylic acid, or a derivative thereof can be mentioned, and more specifically, xylic acid, hemelic acid, mesitylene acid, planicylic acid, ⁇ -isojurylic acid, Julylic acid, mesitic acid, ⁇ -isoduric acid, cumic acid, ⁇ -toluic acid, hydroatropic acid
  • the ester compound or sugar ester compound represented by the general formula (X) is preferably contained in the cellulose acetate film in an amount of 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 25% by mass. It is particularly preferred that
  • the cellulose ester film substrate may contain a plasticizer as necessary.
  • the plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is a polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer, glycolate plasticizer, phthalate ester plasticizer, phosphate ester plasticizer, polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, acrylic plasticizer. Agents and the like. In these, an acrylic plasticizer is preferable from the viewpoint of easily controlling the cellulose ester film to the retardation value described later.
  • the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is a plasticizer composed of an ester of a divalent or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, and preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule.
  • a divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyhydric alcohol ester is preferred.
  • the above-described plasticizer is contained in the cellulose ester film substrate of the present embodiment, it is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 35% by mass, based on cellulose acetate. The content of 5 to 25% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the cellulose ester film substrate of this embodiment may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Since the ultraviolet absorber absorbs ultraviolet rays of 400 nm or less, durability can be improved. In particular, the ultraviolet absorber preferably has a transmittance of 10% or less at a wavelength of 370 nm, more preferably 5% or less, and still more preferably 2% or less. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber are not particularly limited. For example, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, triazine compounds, nickel complex salts, inorganic powders. Examples include the body.
  • 5-chloro-2- (3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6 -(Linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, and the like can be used.
  • Commercially available products may be used.
  • TINUVIN such as TINUVIN 109, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 234, TINUVIN 326, TINUVIN 327, and TINUVIN 328 manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. can be preferably used.
  • UV absorbers are benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers, benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers, and triazine ultraviolet absorbers, and particularly preferably benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers and benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers.
  • a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5 triazine ring is also preferably used as the ultraviolet absorber.
  • a polymer UV absorber can be preferably used, and a polymer type UV absorber is particularly preferably used.
  • TINUVIN 109 octyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazole-2-) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., which is a commercial product, is available.
  • TINUVIN 400 (4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.- Reaction product of 5-hydroxyphenyl and oxirane
  • TINUVIN 460 (2,4-bis [2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl] -6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3-5 Triazine)
  • TINUVIN 405 (2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -4,6-bis- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine and (2-ethylhexyl) -glycidic acid ester Reaction products) and the like.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is added by dissolving the ultraviolet absorber in an alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, butanol or the like, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone, dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof, and then becomes a film substrate. It may be added to the resin solution (dope) or directly during the dope composition.
  • an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone, dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • a dissolver or a sand mill is used in the organic solvent and cellulose acetate to disperse and then added to the dope.
  • the amount of the ultraviolet absorber used is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.6 to 4% by mass with respect to the cellulose acetate film.
  • the cellulose ester film substrate of the present embodiment may further contain an antioxidant (deterioration inhibitor).
  • the antioxidant has a role of delaying or preventing the cellulose acetate film from being decomposed by a residual solvent amount of halogen in the cellulose acetate film, phosphoric acid of a phosphoric acid plasticizer, or the like.
  • hindered phenol compounds are preferably used.
  • 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl) are used.
  • the cellulose ester film substrate preferably has a defect of 5 ⁇ m or more in diameter of 1 piece / 10 cm square or less. More preferably, it is 0.5 piece / 10 cm square or less, more preferably 0.1 piece / 10 cm square or less.
  • the diameter of the defect indicates the diameter when the defect is circular, and when the defect is not circular, the range of the defect is determined by observing with a microscope by the following method, and the maximum diameter (diameter of circumscribed circle) is determined.
  • the range of the defect is the size of the shadow when the defect is observed with the transmitted light of the differential interference microscope when the defect is a bubble or a foreign object.
  • the defect is a change in the surface shape such as transfer of a roller scratch or an abrasion
  • the size can be confirmed by observing the defect with the reflected light of a differential interference microscope.
  • the film When the number of defects is more than 1/10 cm square, for example, when a tension is applied to the film during processing in a later process, the film may be broken with the defect as a starting point and productivity may be reduced. Moreover, when the diameter of a defect becomes 5 micrometers or more, it can confirm visually by polarizing plate observation etc., and when used as an optical member, a bright spot may arise.
  • the coating film may not be formed uniformly, resulting in a defect (missing coating).
  • the defect is a void in the film (foaming defect) generated due to the rapid evaporation of the solvent in the drying process of the solution casting, a foreign matter in the film forming stock solution, or a foreign matter mixed in the film forming. This refers to the foreign matter (foreign matter defect) in the film.
  • the cellulose ester film base material preferably has a breaking elongation in at least one direction of 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, as measured in accordance with JIS-K7127-1999.
  • the upper limit of the elongation at break is not particularly limited, but is practically about 250%. In order to increase the elongation at break, it is effective to suppress defects in the film caused by foreign matter and foaming.
  • the cellulose ester film base material preferably has a total light transmittance of 90% or more, more preferably 92% or more. Moreover, as a realistic upper limit, it is about 99%.
  • the haze value is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less.
  • the total light transmittance and haze value can be measured according to JIS K7361 and JIS K7136.
  • the in-plane retardation value Ro of the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably in the range of 0 to 5 nm, and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction is preferably in the range of ⁇ 10 to 10 nm. Further, Rth is preferably in the range of -5 to 5 nm. Alternatively, the retardation Ro is preferably in the range of 30 to 200 nm, and more preferably in the range of 30 to 90 nm. The retardation Rth in the thickness direction is preferably in the range of 70 to 300 nm.
  • the in-plane retardation Ro value is defined by the following formula (I), and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II).
  • Formula (I) Ro (nx ⁇ ny) ⁇ d
  • Formula (II) Rth ⁇ (nx + ny) / 2 ⁇ nz ⁇ ⁇ d (Where nx is the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the plane of the film base, ny is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the plane of the film base, and nz is the thickness direction of the film base) (Refractive index, d represents the thickness (nm) of the film substrate, respectively)
  • the retardation can be obtained at a wavelength of 590 nm under an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH (relative humidity) using, for example, KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
  • the film forming method is not limited to this.
  • a production method such as an inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, a hot press method, or the like can be used.
  • Organic solvent An organic solvent useful for forming a resin solution (dope composition) in the case of producing a cellulose ester film by a solution casting film forming method described later is one that can simultaneously dissolve a cellulose ester resin and other additives. Can be used without limitation.
  • a chlorinated organic solvent methylene chloride
  • a non-chlorinated organic solvent methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, tert-butan
  • Can, methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, may be used preferably acetone.
  • the solvent is preferably a dope composition in which a total of 15 to 45 mass% of cellulose ester resin and other additives are dissolved.
  • solution casting film forming method a step of preparing a dope by dissolving a resin and an additive in a solvent, a step of casting the dope on a belt-shaped or drum-shaped metal support, and drying the cast dope as a web It is carried out by a step of peeling off from the metal support, a step of stretching or maintaining the width, a step of further drying, and a step of winding up the finished cellulose ester film.
  • a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used.
  • the width of the cast (casting) can be 1 to 4 m.
  • the surface temperature of the metal support in the casting process is set to ⁇ 50 ° C. to a temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam. A higher temperature is preferred because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam or the flatness may deteriorate.
  • a preferable support temperature is appropriately determined at 0 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 5 to 30 ° C.
  • the method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.
  • the residual solvent amount when peeling the web from the metal support is preferably 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass or 60 to 60%. It is 130% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 30% by mass or 70 to 120% by mass.
  • M is the mass of the sample collected at any time during or after the production of the web or film
  • N is the mass after heating at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • the web is peeled off from the metal support and dried to make the residual solvent amount 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0. -0.01 mass% or less.
  • a roller drying method (a method in which webs are alternately passed through a plurality of rollers arranged above and below) and a method in which the web is dried while being conveyed by a tenter method are employed.
  • the film in the stretching step, can be sequentially or simultaneously stretched in the longitudinal direction (MD direction) and the lateral direction (TD direction).
  • the draw ratios in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other are preferably in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 times in the MD direction and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the TD direction, respectively. More preferably, it is carried out in the range of 1.0 to 1.5 times and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the TD direction.
  • a method of making a difference in peripheral speed between a plurality of rollers and stretching in the MD direction using the difference in peripheral speed of the roller between them, fixing both ends of the web with clips and pins, and widening the interval between the clips and pins in the traveling direction And a method of stretching in the MD direction, a method of stretching in the lateral direction and stretching in the TD direction, a method of stretching the MD direction and the TD direction simultaneously, and stretching in both directions.
  • a tenter it may be a pin tenter or a clip tenter.
  • the film transport tension in the film forming process such as a tenter is preferably 120 to 200 N / m, more preferably 140 to 200 N / m, and most preferably 140 to 160 N / m, although it depends on the temperature.
  • the stretching temperature is (Tg-30) to (Tg + 100) ° C., more preferably (Tg-20) to (Tg + 80) ° C., more preferably (Tg-5), where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the cellulose ester film. ⁇ (Tg + 20) ° C.
  • the Tg of the cellulose ester film can be controlled by the material type constituting the film and the ratio of the constituting materials.
  • the Tg when the cellulose ester film is dried is preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher. Especially preferably, it is 150 degreeC or more.
  • the glass transition temperature is preferably 190 ° C. or lower, more preferably 170 ° C. or lower.
  • the Tg of the cellulose ester film can be determined by the method described in JIS K7121.
  • the stretching temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or more and the stretching ratio is 1.15 times or more because the surface is appropriately roughened. Roughening the surface of the cellulose ester film is preferable because it improves slipperiness and improves surface processability.
  • the cellulose ester film substrate may be formed by a melt casting method.
  • a composition containing other additives such as a cellulose ester resin and a plasticizer is heated and melted to a temperature showing fluidity, and then a melt containing the fluid cellulose ester is cast. To do.
  • the melt extrusion method is preferable from the viewpoint of mechanical strength and surface accuracy. It is preferable that a plurality of raw materials used for melt extrusion are usually kneaded in advance and pelletized.
  • Pelletization may be performed by a known method, for example, dry cellulose ester, plasticizer, and other additives are fed to an extruder with a feeder, kneaded using a single or twin screw extruder, and formed into a strand from a die. Can be extruded, water-cooled or air-cooled, and then cut.
  • Additives may be mixed before being supplied to the extruder, or may be supplied by individual feeders.
  • a small amount of additives such as particles and antioxidants are preferably mixed in advance in order to mix uniformly.
  • the extruder is preferably processed at a temperature as low as possible so that it can be pelletized so that the shearing force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.).
  • a temperature as low as possible so that it can be pelletized so that the shearing force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.).
  • the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.).
  • a twin screw extruder it is preferable to rotate in the same direction using a deep groove type screw. From the uniformity of kneading, the meshing type is preferable.
  • Film formation is performed using the pellets obtained as described above.
  • the raw material powder can be directly fed to the extruder by a feeder without being pelletized to form a film as it is.
  • the pellets are melted at a temperature of about 200 to 300 ° C, filtered through a leaf disk filter, etc. to remove foreign matter, and then formed into a film from the T die.
  • the cellulose ester film is formed by niping the film with a cooling roller and an elastic touch roller and solidifying the film on the cooling roller.
  • the extrusion flow rate is preferably adjusted stably by introducing a gear pump or the like.
  • a stainless fiber sintered filter is preferably used as a filter used for removing foreign substances.
  • the stainless steel fiber sintered filter is a united stainless steel fiber body that is intricately intertwined and compressed, and the contact points are sintered and integrated. The density of the fiber is changed depending on the thickness of the fiber and the amount of compression, and the filtration accuracy is improved. Can be adjusted.
  • Additives such as plasticizers and particles may be mixed with the resin in advance, or may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. In order to add uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing apparatus such as a static mixer.
  • the cellulose ester film temperature on the touch roller side when the cellulose ester film is nipped by the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller is preferably Tg or more (Tg + 110 ° C.) or less of the film.
  • a known roller can be used as the roller having an elastic surface used for such a purpose.
  • the elastic touch roller is also called a pinching rotator.
  • a commercially available elastic touch roller can also be used.
  • the cellulose ester film obtained as described above is stretched by the stretching operation after passing through the step of contacting the cooling roller.
  • the stretching method a known roller stretching machine or tenter can be preferably used.
  • the stretching temperature is usually preferably in the temperature range of Tg to (Tg + 60) ° C. of the resin constituting the film.
  • the end Before winding, the end may be slit and trimmed to the width of the product, and knurled (embossed) may be applied to both ends to prevent sticking and scratching during winding.
  • the knurling method can be performed by heating or pressurizing using a metal ring having an uneven pattern on the side surface.
  • the grip portion of the clip at both ends of the film is usually cut out and reused because the cellulose ester film is deformed and cannot be used as a product.
  • the ⁇ / 4 film can be produced by a method for producing an obliquely stretched film.
  • the method for producing an obliquely stretched film is a method for producing a stretched film having a slow axis at an angle of more than 0 ° and less than 90 ° with respect to the extending direction of the film.
  • the unstretched film before oblique stretching the cellulose ester film described above can be used.
  • the angle with respect to the extending direction of the film is an angle in the film plane. Since the slow axis is usually expressed in the stretching direction or a direction perpendicular to the stretching direction, stretching having such a slow axis is performed by stretching at an angle of more than 0 ° and less than 90 ° with respect to the extending direction of the film.
  • a film can be manufactured.
  • the angle between the film extension direction and the slow axis can be arbitrarily set to a desired angle in the range of more than 0 ° and less than 90 °, more preferably 10 ° to 80 °. °, more preferably 40 ° to 50 °.
  • the obliquely stretched film can be produced using an obliquely stretching apparatus (obliquely stretched tenter).
  • obliquely stretched tenter As an obliquely stretched tenter, the orientation angle of the film can be set freely by changing the rail pattern in various ways, and furthermore, the orientation axis of the film can be oriented with high precision evenly on the left and right across the width direction of the film.
  • An apparatus capable of controlling the film thickness and retardation with high accuracy can be preferably used.
  • the film thickness of the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably 5 to 200 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 80 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 34 ⁇ m. By forming the cured layer of this embodiment on a thin cellulose ester film substrate, the effect of this embodiment is more easily exhibited.
  • the length of the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably 500 to 10,000 m, more preferably 1000 to 8000 m. By setting it as the range of the said length, it is excellent in the processability in application
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably 2 to 10 nm, more preferably 2 to 5 nm.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra can be measured according to JIS B0601: 1994.
  • optical film of this embodiment can be provided with other layers such as an antireflection layer and a conductive layer.
  • the optical film of this embodiment can be used as an antireflection film having an external light antireflection function by coating an antireflection layer on a cured layer.
  • the antireflection layer is preferably laminated in consideration of the refractive index, the film thickness, the number of layers, the layer order, and the like so that the reflectance is reduced by optical interference.
  • the antireflection layer is composed of a low refractive index layer having a lower refractive index than the protective film as the support, or a combination of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer having a higher refractive index than the protective film as the support. Preferably it is.
  • the low refractive index layer preferably contains silica-based fine particles, and the refractive index is preferably in the range of 1.30 to 1.45 when measured at 23 ° C. and wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably in the range of 5 nm to 0.5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 10 nm to 0.3 ⁇ m, and in the range of 30 nm to 0.2 ⁇ m. Most preferred.
  • the composition for forming a low refractive index layer preferably contains at least one kind of particles having an outer shell layer and porous or hollow inside as silica-based fine particles.
  • the particles having the outer shell layer and porous or hollow inside are preferably hollow silica-based fine particles.
  • the composition for forming a low refractive index layer may contain an organosilicon compound represented by the following general formula (OSi-1) or a hydrolyzate thereof, or a polycondensate thereof.
  • OSi-1) Si (OR) 4
  • R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane and the like are preferably used as the organosilicon compound represented by the general formula.
  • a compound having a thermosetting property and / or a photocurable property which mainly contains a fluorine-containing compound containing a fluorine atom in a range of 35 to 80% by mass and containing a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group, has a low refractive index. You may make it contain in the composition for layer formation. Specifically, a fluorine-containing polymer or a fluorine-containing sol-gel compound is used.
  • fluorine-containing polymer examples include hydrolysates and dehydration condensates of perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds [eg (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrodecyl) triethoxysilane], and fluorine-containing monomers. Examples thereof include fluorine-containing copolymers having units and cross-linking reactive units as constituent units.
  • ⁇ High refractive index layer> In the high refractive index layer, it is preferable to adjust the refractive index to a range of 1.4 to 2.2 by measuring at 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the thickness of the high refractive index layer is preferably 5 nm to 1 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 nm to 0.2 ⁇ m, and most preferably 30 nm to 0.1 ⁇ m. Adjustment of the refractive index can be achieved by adding metal oxide fine particles and the like.
  • the metal oxide fine particles used preferably have a refractive index of 1.80 to 2.60, more preferably 1.85 to 2.50.
  • the kind of metal oxide fine particles is not particularly limited, and Ti, Zr, Sn, Sb, Cu, Fe, Mn, Pb, Cd, As, Cr, Hg, Zn, Al, Mg, Si, P and S A metal oxide having at least one element selected from can be used.
  • a conductive layer may be formed on the cured layer.
  • a generally well-known conductive material can be used.
  • metal oxides such as indium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide, gold, silver, and palladium can be used. These can be formed as a thin film on an optical film by a vacuum deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, a solution coating method, or the like.
  • a conductive material that is excellent in transparency and conductivity, and that has a main component of any one of indium oxide, tin oxide, and indium tin oxide obtained at a relatively low cost can be suitably used.
  • the thickness of the conductive layer varies depending on the material to be applied, it cannot be said unconditionally.
  • the surface resistivity is 1000 ⁇ or less, preferably 500 ⁇ or less, and considering the economy, A range of 10 nm or more, preferably 20 nm or more and 80 nm or less, preferably 70 nm or less is suitable. In such a thin film, visible light interference fringes due to uneven thickness of the conductive layer are unlikely to occur.
  • the polarizing plate can be produced by a general method. For example, an optical film is subjected to alkali saponification treatment, and the treated optical film is bonded to one surface of a polarizing film (polarizer) produced by immersing and stretching in an iodine solution using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. Is preferred.
  • polarizer polarizing film
  • the optical film may be bonded to the other surface of the polarizer, or the cellulose ester film substrate described above may be bonded.
  • the film thickness of the film substrate to be bonded to the other surface is preferably in the range of 5 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 5 to 34 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of adjusting smoothness and curl balance and further improving the effect of preventing winding deviation.
  • the polarizing film which is the main component of the polarizing plate, is an element that transmits only light having a polarization plane in a certain direction, and a typical polarizing film that is known at present is a polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film.
  • the polarizing film includes a polyvinyl alcohol film dyed with iodine and a dichroic dye dyed, but is not limited thereto.
  • polarizing film a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution is formed and dyed by uniaxial stretching or dyeing, or after uniaxial stretching after dyeing, a film subjected to durability treatment with a boron compound is preferably used.
  • the thickness of the polarizing film is 5 to 30 ⁇ m, preferably 8 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • a polarizing plate is formed by bonding one side of the optical film of the present embodiment on the surface of the polarizing film. It is preferably bonded with an aqueous adhesive mainly composed of completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol or the like.
  • a circularly polarizing plate can also be constituted using an optical film. That is, a circularly polarizing plate can be formed by laminating a polarizing plate protective film, a polarizer, and a ⁇ / 4 film in this order. In this case, the angle formed between the slow axis of the ⁇ / 4 film and the absorption axis (or transmission axis) of the polarizing film is 45 °.
  • a long polarizing plate protective film, a long polarizer, and a long ⁇ / 4 film (long diagonally stretched film) are preferably laminated in this order.
  • the circularly polarizing plate can be produced by using a stretched polyvinyl alcohol doped with iodine or a dichroic dye as a polarizer, and laminating with a configuration of ⁇ / 4 film / polarizer.
  • the thickness of the polarizer is 5 to 40 ⁇ m, preferably 5 to 30 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 5 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the circularly polarizing plate can be produced by a general method. In other words, it is preferable to attach an alkali saponified ⁇ / 4 film to one surface of a polarizer produced by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution, using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer used on one side of the film of the polarizing plate is preferably optically transparent and exhibits moderate viscoelasticity and pressure-sensitive adhesive properties.
  • the adhesive layer include adhesives or adhesives such as acrylic copolymers, epoxy resins, polyurethane, silicone polymers, polyethers, butyral resins, polyamide resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, and synthetic rubbers.
  • a film such as a drying method, a chemical curing method, a thermal curing method, a thermal melting method, a photocuring method, or the like can be formed and cured using a polymer such as the above.
  • the acrylic copolymer can be preferably used because it is most easy to control the physical properties of the adhesive and is excellent in transparency, weather resistance, durability and the like.
  • the optical film of this embodiment is preferable in that the performance excellent in visibility is exhibited by using it for an image display apparatus.
  • an image display device a reflection type, a transmission type, a transflective type liquid crystal display device, a liquid crystal display device of various driving methods such as a TN type, an STN type, an OCB type, a VA type, an IPS type, and an ECB type, an organic EL display Examples thereof include a device and a plasma display.
  • a liquid crystal display device is preferable because of its high visibility.
  • Protective part may be arranged on the further viewing side of the cured layer of the optical film of the viewing side polarizing plate.
  • This protection part can be constituted by a front plate or a touch panel.
  • the said protection part is bonded together by the said hardened layer via the filler (photocurable resin) for filling the space
  • the front plate in particular of a protection part is not restrict
  • a solvent-free filler is preferable, and as commercially available products, for example, SVR1120, SVR1150, SVR1320 (above, manufactured by Dexerials Corporation), or HRJ-60, HRJ-302, HRJ-53 (above, Kyoritsu Chemical Industry) And the like).
  • SVR1120, SVR1150, SVR1320 above, manufactured by Dexerials Corporation
  • HRJ-60, HRJ-302, HRJ-53 above, Kyoritsu Chemical Industry
  • Bonding of the optical film and the front plate can be performed as follows, for example. First, a filler is prepared. Then, a filler is applied to the surface of the cured layer of the optical film, and the front plate is overlaid on the coating film of the filler. In this state, the filler is cured by light irradiation or the like, and the optical film and the front plate are bonded together. When the filler is applied to the surface of the cured layer, the surface free energy of the cured layer is set to 30 mN / m or more so that the filler is uniformly spread without being repelled at the end of the cured layer. An image display device that is maintained and has excellent visibility can be obtained.
  • Example 1 [Production of Cellulose Ester Film 1] ⁇ Preparation of silicon dioxide dispersion> Aerosil R812 (Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd., average primary particle diameter of 7 nm) 10 parts by mass Ethanol 90 parts by mass The above was stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 30 minutes, and then dispersed with Manton Gorin. 88 parts by mass of methylene chloride was added to the silicon dioxide dispersion while stirring, and the mixture was stirred and mixed for 30 minutes with a dissolver to prepare a silicon dioxide dispersion dilution. The mixture was filtered with a fine particle dispersion dilution filter (Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd .: polypropylene wind cartridge filter TCW-PPS-1N).
  • a fine particle dispersion dilution filter Advancedtech Toyo Co., Ltd .: polypropylene wind cartridge filter TCW-PPS-1N).
  • the belt was cast evenly on a stainless steel band support using a belt casting apparatus.
  • the solvent was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass, and the stainless steel band support was peeled off.
  • the cellulose ester film web was evaporated at 35 ° C., slit to 1.15 m width, and dried at a drying temperature of 140 ° C. while being stretched 1.15 times in the TD direction (film width direction) with a tenter. I let you. Then, it was dried for 15 minutes while being transported in a drying device at 120 ° C.
  • the cellulose ester film 1 was obtained.
  • the cellulose ester film 1 had a film thickness of 15 ⁇ m and a winding length of 3900 m.
  • the following cured layer composition 1 is applied onto the A side (the surface not in contact with the casting belt) of the produced cellulose ester film 1 using an extrusion coater, and the constant rate drying zone temperature is 50 ° C., the rate of decrease.
  • the irradiance of the irradiated part is 100 mW / cm 2 using an ultraviolet lamp, and the irradiation amount is set to 0.
  • the coating layer was cured at 25 J / cm 2 to form a cured layer 1 having a dry film thickness of 5 ⁇ m, and wound into a roll to produce an optical film 1.
  • Hardened layer composition 1 >> ⁇ Composition of cured layer composition 1> (Actinic radiation curable resin) NK Ester A-DCP (Tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 92 parts by mass (photopolymerization initiator) Irgacure 184 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 5 parts by mass (additive) Silicone compound (BYK-UV3510, manufactured by BYK Japan) 1 part by mass (cyclic organic compound) B-1 (YS Polystar NH, manufactured by Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.) 8 parts by mass (solvent) Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 10 parts by weight Methyl ethyl ketone 90 parts by weight
  • Optical film 2 was produced in the same manner as optical film 1 except that cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to cyclic organic compound B-2.
  • the method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound B-2 is as follows.
  • step (B) suspension polymerization was carried out for 5 hours while maintaining the temperature in the autoclave at 120 ° C. to obtain a polymer (organic cyclic compound B-2).
  • optical film 3 An optical film 3 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to the cyclic organic compound B-3.
  • the method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound B-3 is as follows.
  • a mixed solution is prepared under the same conditions as in the method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound B-2, and suspension polymerization is further performed in steps (A) and (B) to obtain a polymer (cyclic organic compound B). -3) was obtained.
  • optical film 4 was prepared in the same manner as optical film 1 except that cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to cyclic organic compound B-4 (YS Resin TO105, manufactured by Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • optical film 5 was prepared in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to a cyclic organic compound B-5 (Knit Resin Coumarone V-120S, manufactured by Nikko Chemical Co., Ltd.). Produced.
  • optical film 6 An optical film 6 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to the cyclic organic compound C-1.
  • the method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound C-1 is as follows.
  • a raw material solution was supplied at a rate of 5.0 L / hour and an ethylbenzene solution of an initiator was supplied at a rate of 0.1 L / hour to a complete mixing tank having an internal volume of 20 L equipped with a double helical ribbon blade inside.
  • Polymerization was conducted at a temperature of 120 ° C. under a stirring speed of 120 rpm.
  • the polymerization reaction liquid that passed through the complete mixing tank was continuously introduced into a tubular reactor having an internal volume of 30 L, which was connected to the complete mixing tank, and was equipped with a static mixer inside. The polymerization reaction was performed under conditions such that the reaction solution temperature was 150 ° C.
  • the obtained polymerization reaction liquid is continuously supplied to a devolatilization apparatus composed of a flash drum having a heater, and volatile components such as unreacted monomers and solvents are separated under conditions of a temperature of 220 ° C. and a pressure of 665 Pa.
  • a polymer (cyclic organic compound C-1) was obtained.
  • the content rate of the styrene structural unit in a polymer was 50 mass%, and the content rate of the methyl acrylate structural unit was 50 mass%.
  • the structural formula of the cyclic organic compound C-1 is shown below.
  • optical film 7 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to the cyclic organic compound C-2.
  • the method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound C-2 is as follows.
  • the mixed solution is washed with water to remove the catalyst, and then toluene, unreacted monomers and low molecular weight compounds are distilled off by distillation under a reduced pressure condition of 10 mmHg at a maximum temperature of 200 ° C. to obtain a polymer (cyclic organic compound).
  • C-2 was obtained.
  • the content rate of the terpene structural unit in a polymer was 90 mass%, and the content rate of the styrene structural unit was 10 mass%.
  • the structural formula of the cyclic organic compound C-2 is shown below.
  • optical film 8 An optical film 8 was prepared in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to an organic compound C-3 (Dianal BR88, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.).
  • the organic compound C-3 does not have an aromatic ring structure and does not have a structure having a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure.
  • the structural formula of the organic compound C-3 is shown below.
  • optical film 9 An optical film 9 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to a cyclic organic compound C-4 (biphenyl, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • a cyclic organic compound C-4 (biphenyl, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • the structural formula of the cyclic organic compound C-4 is shown below.
  • the optical film 1 was attached to one surface of the polarizing film, and a commercially available optical film KC4UZ (manufactured by Konica Minolta) was attached to the other surface of the polarizing film to produce a polarizing plate 101. More details are as follows.
  • the obtained PVA film was continuously processed in the order of pre-swelling, dyeing, uniaxial stretching by a wet method, fixing treatment, drying, and heat treatment to produce a polarizing film. That is, the PVA film was preliminarily swollen in water at a temperature of 30 ° C. for 30 seconds, and immersed in an aqueous solution having an iodine concentration of 0.4 g / liter and a potassium iodide concentration of 40 g / liter at a temperature of 35 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • the film was uniaxially stretched 6 times in a 50% aqueous solution with a boric acid concentration of 4% under the condition that the tension applied to the film was 700 N / m, and the potassium iodide concentration was 40 g / liter and the boric acid concentration was 40 g / liter. Then, it was immersed in an aqueous solution having a zinc chloride concentration of 10 g / liter and a temperature of 30 ° C. for 5 minutes for fixing. Thereafter, the PVA film was taken out, dried with hot air at a temperature of 40 ° C., and further heat-treated at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. The obtained polarizing film had an average thickness of 5 ⁇ m, polarization performance of transmittance of 43.0%, polarization degree of 99.5%, and dichroic ratio of 40.1.
  • Step 1 The polarizing film described above was immersed in a storage tank of a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive solution having a solid content of 2% by mass for 1 to 2 seconds.
  • Process 2 The alkali saponification process was implemented on the following conditions with respect to the optical film 1 and KC4UZ. Next, excess adhesive adhered to the polarizing film immersed in the polyvinyl alcohol adhesive solution in Step 1 was lightly removed, and this polarizing film was sandwiched between the opposite surface of the optical film 1 from the cured layer and KC4UZ, and laminated.
  • Step 3 The above laminate was sandwiched between two rotating rollers and bonded at a pressure of 20 to 30 N / cm 2 at a speed of about 2 m / min. At this time, it was carried out with care to prevent bubbles from entering.
  • Step 4 The sample prepared in Step 3 was dried in a dryer at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a polarizing plate.
  • Step 5 Apply a commercially available acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive to the protective film side of the polarizing plate prepared in Step 4 so that the thickness after drying is 5 ⁇ m, and dry in an oven at 110 ° C. for 5 minutes to form an adhesive layer. A peelable protective film was attached to the adhesive layer. This polarizing plate was cut (punched) to produce a polarizing plate 101.
  • the upper polarizing plate of the IPS mode liquid crystal display device (LGLS 42LS5600) was peeled off, and the polarizing plate 101 was attached to the liquid crystal cell as the upper polarizing plate. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the polarizing plate 101 and the glass of the liquid crystal cell were bonded so that KC4UZ of the polarizing plate 101 was on the liquid crystal cell side. At this time, the crossed Nicols were arranged so that the transmission axis of the upper polarizing plate (polarizing plate 101) was in the vertical direction and the transmission axis of the lower polarizing plate was in the horizontal direction.
  • Polarizing plates 102 to 109 were prepared in the same manner as the polarizing plate 101 except that the optical film 1 of the polarizing plate 101 was changed to the optical films 2 to 9, respectively.
  • Liquid crystal display devices 202 to 209 were manufactured in the same manner as the liquid crystal display device 101 except that the polarizing plate 101 was changed to the polarizing plates 102 to 109.
  • SP value measurement The SP value of the additive (cyclic organic compound) contained in the curable resin of each of the optical films 1 to 9 was calculated using FUJITSU Technical Computing Solution SCIGRESS (manufactured by Fujitsu Limited). Here, the value obtained by rounding off the second decimal place of the calculated value was defined as the SP value.
  • the single plate orthogonal transmittance measurement was performed as follows. Create two samples (approx. 5cm x 5cm) with a polarizing plate on the glass so that the KC4UZ is on the glass side, set the sample with the film side facing the light source, and measure each of the two samples And the average value was made into the single plate orthogonal transmittance
  • the measurement results were obtained by measuring the orthogonal transmittance CT at a wavelength of 410 nm and a wavelength of 510 nm ten times using UV3100PC manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and using the average value.
  • Table 1 shows characteristics such as SP values of additives (compounds) contained in the curable resins of the optical films 1 to 9 and the results of each evaluation.
  • the cured layer on the base material has an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure and an SP value of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 And a cyclic organic compound having an aromatic ring structure or a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure, wherein the cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer. It can be seen that ⁇ 5 are excellent in the durability of the polarizer when applied to a polarizing plate, and are excellent in suppressing deterioration in visibility during black display of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the number average molecular weight of the polymer was measured by gel permeation chromatography with a light scattering detector (GPC-LALLS) at a concentration of 0.001 g / cm 3 using tetrohydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.
  • GPC-LALLS light scattering detector
  • Table 2 shows the evaluation results for the characteristics such as SP values of each optical film 4, 5, 10 and the bleed out.
  • the number average molecular weight of the cyclic organic compound contained in the cured layer is preferably 500 or more between 208 and 700, and more preferably 700 or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing bleed out. I can say that.
  • a 50/50 weight ratio mixture of styrene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and cyclohexane as a polymerization solvent was fed at a flow rate of 30 parts by mass / min.
  • a hexane solution of n-butyllithium was fed as an organolithium initiator to the reaction vessel in an amount corresponding to 0.8 mmol per 100 parts by mass of styrene.
  • the pressure was normal pressure, and the heat of reaction during polymerization was removed while refluxing cyclohexane in a reflux condenser.
  • the temperature of the reaction solution was almost stabilized at 81 ° C.
  • the 2nd reaction tank was passed by the plug flow continuously.
  • the anion active terminal was deactivated by adding 10 times the amount of lithium methanol to the obtained polymer solution. Thereafter, 0.05 parts by mass of an antioxidant per 100 parts by mass of the polymer was added to the polymer solution, followed by heat treatment at 215 ° C. in a reduced pressure flushing tank to remove volatile components. Further, the remaining volatile components were removed through an extruder with a vacuum vent at 215 ° C. to obtain a polymer (cyclic organic compound B-7).
  • the number average molecular weight of the polymer was measured by gel permeation chromatography with a light scattering detector (GPC-LALLS) at a concentration of 0.001 g / cm 3 using tetrohydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.
  • GPC-LALLS light scattering detector
  • ⁇ Evaluation ⁇ Evaluation of turbidity of coating solution
  • a turbidimeter (NHD2000 type, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.), an optical path length of 10 mm
  • the turbidity was measured using a quartz cell and evaluated based on the following criteria.
  • Table 3 shows the evaluation results for the characteristics and turbidity of each optical film 4, 5, 11 such as SP value.
  • the number average molecular weight of the cyclic organic compound contained in the cured layer is preferably 240000 or less and more preferably 200000 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing the turbidity of the coating solution. If the number average molecular weight is less than 20000, which is a value close to 950 between 242000 and 950, the turbidity of the coating solution can be sufficiently suppressed. It is considered that the degree can be sufficiently and reliably suppressed.
  • Example 4> (Preparation of cured layer composition 2) ⁇ Preparation of polymer silane coupling agent coated fine particles>
  • a container 30 ml of methyl methacrylate (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd .: Light Ester M), 1 ml of 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: KBM-803), 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran as a solvent, polymerization initiator Was added 50 mg of azoisobutyronitrile (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc .: AIBN) and substituted with N 2 gas, followed by heating at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to prepare a polymer silane coupling agent.
  • the obtained polymer silane coupling agent had a molecular weight of 16,000. The molecular weight was measured with a gel permeation chromatography apparatus.
  • silica sol manufactured by JGC Catalysts & Chemicals Co., Ltd .: Si-45P, SiO 2 concentration 30% by weight, average particle size 45 nm, dispersion medium: water
  • silica sol manufactured by JGC Catalysts & Chemicals Co., Ltd .: Si-45P, SiO 2 concentration 30% by weight, average particle size 45 nm, dispersion medium: water
  • an ultrafiltration membrane method is used.
  • water was replaced with ethanol to prepare 100 g of an ethanol dispersion of silica fine particles (SiO 2 concentration 30 wt%).
  • silica fine particle ethanol dispersion and 1.5 g of the polymer silane coupling agent are dispersed in 20 g (25 ml) of acetone, and 20 mg of aqueous ammonia having a concentration of 29.8% by weight is added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature for 30 hours.
  • the polymer silane coupling agent was adsorbed on the silica fine particles.
  • silica particles having an average particle diameter of 5 ⁇ m are added and stirred for 2 hours to adsorb the unadsorbed polymer silane coupling agent in the solution to the silica particles, and then the polymer silane coupling that has not been adsorbed by centrifugation.
  • Silica particles having an average particle diameter of 5 ⁇ m adsorbing the agent were removed. 1000 g of ethanol is added to the silica fine particle dispersion adsorbing the polymer silane coupling agent, and the silica fine particles are precipitated, separated, dried under reduced pressure, and then dried at 25 ° C.
  • the obtained polymer silane coupling agent-coated silica (1) had an average particle size of 57 nm. The average particle size was measured with a laser particle size measuring device.
  • the cured silane composition 2 was prepared by stirring and mixing the polymer silane coupling agent-coated silica (1) prepared above and the following compound.
  • (Fine particles) Polymer silane coupling agent-coated silica (1) 60 parts by mass (active ray curable resin) NK Ester A-DCP (Tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 35 parts by mass (photopolymerization initiator) Irgacure 184 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 5 parts by mass (additive) Silicone compound (BYK-UV3510, manufactured by BYK Japan) 1 part by mass (cyclic organic compound) B-4 (YS Resin TO105, manufactured by Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.) 8 parts by mass (solvent) Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 80 parts by weight Methyl acetate 20 parts by weight
  • the cured layer composition 2 prepared above is applied onto the cured layer 1 of the optical film 5 of Example 1 using a micro gravure coater, and the constant rate drying zone temperature is 50 ° C. and the reduced rate drying zone temperature is 50 ° C. After drying, while purging with nitrogen so that the oxygen concentration is 1.0% by volume or less, using an ultraviolet lamp, the illuminance of the irradiated part is 100 mW / cm 2 and the irradiation amount is 0.3 J / cm 2. The layer was cured to form a cured layer 2 having a dry film thickness of 2 ⁇ m and wound into a roll to produce an optical film 12.
  • Table 4 shows the evaluation results of the optical films 4, 5, 12, and 13 such as SP value and scratch resistance.
  • optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device of the present embodiment described above can be expressed as follows.
  • the SP value which is a solubility parameter, is in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], has an aromatic ring structure, or has a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure.
  • a kind of cyclic organic compound, The optical film, wherein the cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • a polarizing plate wherein the optical film according to any one of 1 to 7 is bonded to one surface of a polarizer.
  • the optical film of the present invention can be used for image display devices such as polarizing plates and liquid crystal display devices.
  • Image display device Liquid crystal cell (display cell) 5 Polarizing plate 11 Polarizer 12 Film base material (base material) 13 Hardened layer 15 Optical film

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

An optical film (15) has a cured layer (13) on at least one side of a film substrate (12). The cured layer (13) includes an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure and at least one cyclic organic compound. Said cyclic organic compound is a polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomers which have a solubility parameter (SP) value in a range of 17.0-21.0 [(J/cm3)1/2] and have an aromatic ring structure or an alicyclic structure having a polar substituent.

Description

光学フィルム、偏光板および画像表示装置Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device

 本発明は、基材の少なくとも一方の面に硬化層を有する光学フィルムと、その光学フィルムを有する偏光板と、その偏光板を有する画像表示装置とに関するものである。 The present invention relates to an optical film having a cured layer on at least one surface of a substrate, a polarizing plate having the optical film, and an image display device having the polarizing plate.

 液晶表示装置(LCD)等の画像表示装置に用いられる偏光板の表面には、偏光板保護フィルムなどの光学フィルムを配置することが一般的である。偏光板保護フィルムは、例えばセルロースエステルフィルムからなる基材上に、硬化層を形成して構成されている。硬化層は、基材上にハードコート材料を塗布し、これを活性エネルギー線の照射により硬化させることで形成される。 Generally, an optical film such as a polarizing plate protective film is disposed on the surface of a polarizing plate used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device (LCD). The polarizing plate protective film is formed by forming a cured layer on a base material made of, for example, a cellulose ester film. The cured layer is formed by applying a hard coat material on a substrate and curing it by irradiation with active energy rays.

 近年、タブレットやスマートフォン等の液晶表示装置は、屋外で使用されることが多くなってきている。このため、液晶表示装置自体に高耐久性が求められているばかりか、液晶表示装置の構成部材(例えば偏光板)にも高耐久性が求められている。しかし、高温高湿環境下では、偏光板保護フィルムが水分を通しやすく、この水分の影響で偏光子の偏光性能が低下する問題があり、近年種々の検討がなされている。例えば、特許文献1および2では、光学フィルムの硬化層を特定構造の樹脂で形成し、低透湿化することで、フィルムの耐久性の向上を図っている。 In recent years, liquid crystal display devices such as tablets and smartphones are increasingly used outdoors. For this reason, not only high durability is calculated | required by liquid crystal display device itself, but high durability is also calculated | required also by the structural member (for example, polarizing plate) of a liquid crystal display device. However, under a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, there is a problem that the polarizing plate protective film easily allows moisture to pass therethrough, and there is a problem that the polarizing performance of the polarizer is deteriorated due to the moisture, and various studies have been made in recent years. For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 attempt to improve the durability of the film by forming a cured layer of the optical film with a resin having a specific structure and reducing moisture permeability.

特開2006-83225号公報(請求項1、段落〔0005〕、〔0007〕、〔0013〕等参照)JP 2006-83225 A (see claim 1, paragraphs [0005], [0007], [0013], etc.) 特開2014-95890号公報(請求項1、段落〔0006〕、〔0007〕、〔0031〕等参照)JP 2014-95890 A (see claim 1, paragraphs [0006], [0007], [0031], etc.)

 ところが、特許文献1および2の光学フィルムは、近年求められる、より高温高湿の過酷な耐久条件下(例えば80℃、相対湿度85%(以下、相対湿度はRHと記す)での環境下)では、低透湿性を十分に有するものではなく、偏光子の保護性能が不十分であり、光学フィルムの更なる改善が求められていた。 However, the optical films of Patent Documents 1 and 2 are demanded in recent years under severer conditions of higher temperature and humidity (for example, in an environment at 80 ° C. and 85% relative humidity (hereinafter referred to as RH)). Then, it does not have low moisture permeability sufficiently, the protection performance of the polarizer is insufficient, and further improvement of the optical film has been demanded.

 また、硬化層において、基材に対して微小な塗布ムラがあると、光学フィルムを画像表示装置の偏光板保護フィルムとして用いたときに、画像表示装置において視認性が劣化する(例えば黒表示時にムラが発生する)ことがわかっている。 Further, if there is a minute coating unevenness with respect to the base material in the cured layer, when the optical film is used as a polarizing plate protective film of the image display device, the visibility deteriorates in the image display device (for example, during black display). It is known that unevenness occurs.

 したがって、より高温高湿環境下で低透湿化を図ることができるとともに、硬化層の塗布ムラを抑えて画像表示装置における視認性劣化を抑えることができる光学フィルムを実現することが望まれる。 Therefore, it is desired to realize an optical film that can reduce moisture permeability in a higher temperature and high humidity environment, and can suppress unevenness in application of the cured layer and suppress deterioration in visibility in an image display device.

 本発明は、上記の問題を解決するためになされたものであって、その目的は、より高温高湿の過酷な環境下でも低透湿性を十分に有し、かつ、硬化層の塗布ムラを抑えて画像表示装置における視認性劣化を抑えることができる光学フィルムと、その光学フィルムを有する偏光板と、その偏光板を有する画像表示装置とを提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in order to solve the above-described problems, and the object thereof is to sufficiently have low moisture permeability even under a severe environment of higher temperature and higher humidity, and to prevent coating unevenness of the cured layer. An object of the present invention is to provide an optical film that can suppress visibility deterioration in an image display device, a polarizing plate having the optical film, and an image display device having the polarizing plate.

 本願発明者らは、基材の少なくとも一方の面に、下記構成の硬化層を形成することで、前記課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明に至った次第である。すなわち、本発明の上記目的は、以下の構成により達成される。 The inventors of the present application have found that the above problem can be solved by forming a cured layer having the following constitution on at least one surface of the base material, and have reached the present invention. That is, the above object of the present invention is achieved by the following configuration.

 本発明の一側面に係る光学フィルムは、基材の少なくとも一方の面に硬化層を有する光学フィルムであって、
 前記硬化層が、
 脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂と、
 溶解性パラメータであるSP値が17.0~21.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であり、芳香環構造を有する、または脂環構造に極性置換基を有する、少なくとも1種の環式有機化合物とを含み、
 前記環式有機化合物が、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合体である。
An optical film according to one aspect of the present invention is an optical film having a cured layer on at least one surface of a substrate,
The cured layer is
An active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure;
The SP value, which is a solubility parameter, is in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], has an aromatic ring structure, or has a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure. A kind of cyclic organic compound,
The cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.

 上記構成によれば、より高温高湿の過酷な環境下でも低透湿性を十分に有する光学フィルムを実現できる。また、光学フィルムにおいて硬化層の塗布ムラを抑えることができるので、上記光学フィルムを画像表示装置の偏光板に適用したときに、画像表示装置における視認性劣化を抑えることができる。 According to the above configuration, an optical film having sufficiently low moisture permeability can be realized even in a severe environment of higher temperature and humidity. Moreover, since the coating unevenness of the cured layer can be suppressed in the optical film, visibility deterioration in the image display device can be suppressed when the optical film is applied to the polarizing plate of the image display device.

本発明の実施の形態に係る画像表示装置の概略の構成を示す断面図である。1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 上記画像表示装置の偏光板に適用される光学フィルムの構成を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the structure of the optical film applied to the polarizing plate of the said image display apparatus.

 本発明の実施の一形態について、図面に基づいて説明すれば以下の通りである。なお、本明細書において、数値範囲をA~Bと表記した場合、その数値範囲に下限Aおよび上限Bの値は含まれるものとする。また、本発明は、以下の内容に限定されるものではない。 An embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this specification, when the numerical range is expressed as A to B, the numerical value range includes the values of the lower limit A and the upper limit B. The present invention is not limited to the following contents.

 本願発明者らは、特許文献1および2のフィルムは、近年求められる、より高温高湿の過酷な耐久条件下(例えば80℃85%RH)では低透湿性を十分に有するものではなく、偏光子の保護性能が不十分であるという問題に対して、光学フィルムの更なる改善を図るべく、以下の構成の光学フィルムを検討した。すなわち、脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂に低分子量の環式有機化合物を添加した硬化層を、基材上に有する光学フィルムである。上記環式有機化合物は、芳香環構造を有するものか、脂環構造に極性置換基を有するものである。 The present inventors have found that the films of Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not have low moisture permeability sufficiently under severe durability conditions (for example, 80 ° C. and 85% RH) that are required in recent years. In order to further improve the optical film with respect to the problem that the protection performance of the child is insufficient, an optical film having the following configuration was examined. That is, it is an optical film having a cured layer obtained by adding a low molecular weight cyclic organic compound to an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure on a substrate. The cyclic organic compound has an aromatic ring structure or a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure.

 上記樹脂に上記低分子量の環式有機化合物を添加することにより、上記樹脂の空隙を上記環式有機化合物で埋めて、硬化層における水分子の拡散を抑制することができ、これによって、より高温高湿の過酷な耐久条件下でも、低透湿化を図ることができる。しかし、このように光学フィルムを低透湿化しても、画像表示装置の偏光板に上記光学フィルムを適用したときには、画像表示装置の視認性が劣化するという新たな問題が発生することがわかった。 By adding the low molecular weight cyclic organic compound to the resin, it is possible to fill the voids of the resin with the cyclic organic compound and suppress the diffusion of water molecules in the cured layer. Even under severe conditions of high humidity, low moisture permeability can be achieved. However, it has been found that even if the optical film is reduced in moisture permeability as described above, when the optical film is applied to the polarizing plate of the image display device, a new problem that the visibility of the image display device deteriorates occurs. .

 このような視認性劣化の問題に対し、本願発明者らは、脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂に、特定構造の高分子の環式有機化合物を添加することにより、光学フィルムの低透湿化を図りつつ、画像表示装置の視認性劣化を抑制できることを突き止めた。ここで、上記特定構造の高分子の環式有機化合物とは、溶解性パラメータであるSP値が17.0~21.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であり、芳香環構造を有するか、脂環構造に極性置換基を有する、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合体である。上記樹脂に上記環式有機化合物を添加することで視認性劣化を抑制できる理由は、以下のように考えている。 In response to such a problem of deterioration in visibility, the present inventors have reduced the optical film by adding a polymer cyclic organic compound having a specific structure to an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure. It was found that the visibility deterioration of the image display device can be suppressed while achieving moisture permeation. Here, the high molecular cyclic organic compound having the above specific structure has an SP value as a solubility parameter in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], and an aromatic ring. It is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a structure or having a polar substituent in an alicyclic structure. The reason why visibility deterioration can be suppressed by adding the cyclic organic compound to the resin is considered as follows.

 画像表示装置における視認性の劣化は、光学フィルムの基材の帯電によって引き起こされる塗布層(硬化層)中の低分子化合物の分布ムラによって、微小な塗布ムラが発生することが原因であると考えられる。すなわち、塗布層に添加される化合物が低分子量であると、基材の帯電によって上記化合物が塗布層中を移動しやすくなり、化合物の分布ムラが生じ、これが塗布ムラを引き起こす。塗布層に高分子化合物(エチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合体)を添加することにより、化合物が高分子であるがゆえに、基材が帯電しても化合物が塗布層中を移動しにくくなり(基材の帯電の影響を受けにくくなり)、塗布層中の化合物の分布ムラが抑制される。これにより、微小な塗布ムラの発生を抑えることができ、塗布ムラに起因して画像表示装置の視認性が劣化するのを抑えることができると考えられる。 The deterioration of visibility in the image display device is considered to be caused by the occurrence of minute coating unevenness due to uneven distribution of the low molecular weight compound in the coating layer (cured layer) caused by charging of the base material of the optical film. It is done. That is, when the compound added to the coating layer has a low molecular weight, the compound easily moves in the coating layer due to charging of the base material, resulting in uneven distribution of the compound, which causes coating unevenness. By adding a polymer compound (polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomer) to the coating layer, the compound is difficult to move through the coating layer even if the substrate is charged because the compound is a polymer. This makes it less susceptible to the charging of the material) and suppresses uneven distribution of the compound in the coating layer. Thereby, it is considered that the occurrence of minute application unevenness can be suppressed, and the deterioration of the visibility of the image display device due to the application unevenness can be suppressed.

 また、高分子化合物のSP値が上記の範囲にあることで、硬化性樹脂と上記化合物との相溶性が増す。さらに、芳香環構造は高い極性を有し、脂環構造に極性置換基を有する構造も高い極性を有するため、硬化性樹脂に上記化合物を添加することで、両者の相溶性が一層増す。このため、塗布層中の上記化合物の分布ムラがさらに抑制され、これによって、塗布ムラの発生をさらに抑えて画像表示装置の視認性劣化をさらに抑えることができるものと考えられる。なお、高分子化合物のSP値の好ましい範囲は、18.0~20.0[(J/cm31/2]である。また、芳香環構造のほうが、脂環構造に極性置換基を有する構造よりも、硬化性樹脂との相溶性がさらに良くなり、塗布ムラを効果的に抑制できる点で望ましい。 Moreover, compatibility of curable resin and the said compound increases because SP value of a high molecular compound exists in said range. Furthermore, since the aromatic ring structure has a high polarity and the structure having a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure also has a high polarity, the compatibility of both is further increased by adding the above compound to the curable resin. For this reason, it is considered that the uneven distribution of the compound in the coating layer is further suppressed, thereby further suppressing the occurrence of uneven coating and further suppressing the deterioration of the visibility of the image display device. A preferable range of the SP value of the polymer compound is 18.0 to 20.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ]. In addition, the aromatic ring structure is more preferable than the structure having a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure in that the compatibility with the curable resin is further improved and coating unevenness can be effectively suppressed.

 また、基材がセルロースエステルフィルムである場合、セルロースエステルフィルムは吸湿性が高く、高温高湿環境下において水分を通しやすいため、その水分の影響で偏光子の偏光性能が低下しやすい。したがって、より高温高湿環境下で低透湿の効果が得られる本実施形態の構成は、基材がセルロースエステルフィルムである場合において非常に有効となる。 In addition, when the substrate is a cellulose ester film, the cellulose ester film has high hygroscopicity and easily allows moisture to pass through in a high temperature and high humidity environment, so that the polarizing performance of the polarizer is likely to deteriorate due to the influence of the moisture. Therefore, the configuration of the present embodiment in which the effect of low moisture permeability is obtained in a higher temperature and high humidity environment is very effective when the substrate is a cellulose ester film.

 以下、本実施形態の光学フィルムが適用される画像表示装置の具体的な構成について説明する。 Hereinafter, a specific configuration of the image display device to which the optical film of the present embodiment is applied will be described.

 〔画像表示装置の構成〕
 図1は、本実施形態の画像表示装置1の概略の構成を示す断面図である。画像表示装置1は、例えば液晶表示装置であり、液晶表示パネル2の後述する偏光板5(特に後述する光学フィルム15上)に、充填層31を介して保護部3を貼り合わせて構成されている。充填層31は、アクリルなどの光硬化性樹脂からなる接着層(空隙充填剤)であり、液晶表示パネル2の偏光板5の表面全体に形成されている。保護部3は、液晶表示パネル2の表面を保護するものであり、例えばアクリル樹脂やガラスからなる前面板で構成される。なお、前面板の代わりにタッチパネル(静電容量方式や抵抗膜方式など)を上記の保護部3として用いてもよい。
[Configuration of image display device]
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image display device 1 according to the present embodiment. The image display device 1 is, for example, a liquid crystal display device, and is configured by bonding a protective portion 3 to a polarizing plate 5 (particularly on an optical film 15 described later) of the liquid crystal display panel 2 via a filling layer 31. Yes. The filling layer 31 is an adhesive layer (void filler) made of a photocurable resin such as acrylic, and is formed on the entire surface of the polarizing plate 5 of the liquid crystal display panel 2. The protection unit 3 protects the surface of the liquid crystal display panel 2 and is formed of a front plate made of acrylic resin or glass, for example. Note that a touch panel (such as a capacitance method or a resistance film method) may be used as the protection unit 3 instead of the front plate.

 液晶表示パネル2は、液晶層を一対の基板で挟持した液晶セル4(表示セル)の両側に、偏光板5・6をそれぞれ配置して構成されている。偏光板5は、粘着層7を介して液晶セル4の一方の面側(例えば視認側)に貼り付けられている。偏光板6は、粘着層8を介して液晶セル4の他方の面側(例えばバックライト9側)に貼り付けられている。液晶表示パネル2の駆動方式は特に限定されず、IPS(In Plane Switching)型式、TN(Twisted Nematic)方式など、様々な駆動方式を採用することができる。 The liquid crystal display panel 2 is configured by disposing polarizing plates 5 and 6 on both sides of a liquid crystal cell 4 (display cell) in which a liquid crystal layer is sandwiched between a pair of substrates. The polarizing plate 5 is attached to one surface side (for example, the viewing side) of the liquid crystal cell 4 via the adhesive layer 7. The polarizing plate 6 is attached to the other surface side (for example, the backlight 9 side) of the liquid crystal cell 4 through the adhesive layer 8. The driving method of the liquid crystal display panel 2 is not particularly limited, and various driving methods such as an IPS (In Plane Switching) type and a TN (Twisted Nematic) method can be employed.

 偏光板5は、所定の直線偏光を透過する偏光子11と、偏光子11の保護部3側に順に積層されるフィルム基材12および硬化層13と、偏光子11の液晶セル4側に積層される光学フィルム14とで構成されている。フィルム基材12と硬化層13とで、偏光子11の視認側の面に形成される保護フィルムとしての光学フィルム15が構成されている。フィルム基材12は、セルロースエステルフィルムで構成されており、それゆえ、フィルム基材12のことを、セルロースエステルフィルム基材とも称する。フィルム基材12上に硬化層13を設けることにより、偏光板5の表面を保護することができる。 The polarizing plate 5 includes a polarizer 11 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, a film substrate 12 and a cured layer 13 that are sequentially stacked on the protective portion 3 side of the polarizer 11, and a liquid crystal cell 4 side of the polarizer 11. The optical film 14 is made up of. The film base 12 and the cured layer 13 constitute an optical film 15 as a protective film formed on the surface on the viewing side of the polarizer 11. The film substrate 12 is composed of a cellulose ester film. Therefore, the film substrate 12 is also referred to as a cellulose ester film substrate. By providing the cured layer 13 on the film substrate 12, the surface of the polarizing plate 5 can be protected.

 フィルム基材12の膜厚は、5~34μmの範囲内であることが望ましい。フィルム基材12を薄膜化することで、光学フィルム15および偏光板5を薄膜化することができ、画像表示装置1全体の薄型化に寄与できる。 Desirably, the film thickness of the film substrate 12 is in the range of 5 to 34 μm. By making the film substrate 12 thinner, the optical film 15 and the polarizing plate 5 can be made thinner, which can contribute to the thinning of the entire image display device 1.

 硬化層13は、図1のように単層で構成されていてもよいが、フィルム基材12上に2層以上積層されていてもよい。例えば、図2に示すように、硬化層13は、フィルム基材12側から、第1の硬化層13aと、第2の硬化層13bとを積層して構成されていてもよい。このように、硬化層13を複数層積層することにより、耐擦傷性を向上させることができ、光学フィルム15による偏光板5の表面保護を確実に図ることができる。 The cured layer 13 may be composed of a single layer as shown in FIG. 1, but two or more layers may be laminated on the film substrate 12. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, the cured layer 13 may be configured by laminating a first cured layer 13a and a second cured layer 13b from the film base 12 side. Thus, by laminating a plurality of hardened layers 13, the scratch resistance can be improved, and the surface protection of the polarizing plate 5 by the optical film 15 can be reliably achieved.

 光学フィルム14は、偏光板5の裏面を保護するために設けられている。光学フィルム14は、フィルム基材12と同様の材料(例えばセルロースエステル)で構成されてもよいし、他の材料で構成されてもよい。 The optical film 14 is provided to protect the back surface of the polarizing plate 5. The optical film 14 may be made of the same material as the film substrate 12 (for example, cellulose ester) or may be made of other materials.

 上記のフィルム基材12は、λ/4フィルムで構成されていてもよい。λ/4フィルムは、透過光に対して波長の1/4程度の面内位相差を付与する層であり、本実施形態では、斜め延伸が施されたフィルムで構成されている。λ/4フィルムの遅相軸と偏光子11の吸収軸とのなす角度(交差角)は、30°~60°であり、これによって、偏光子11からの直線偏光は、λ/4フィルム(フィルム基材12)によって円偏光または楕円偏光に変換される。 The film substrate 12 may be composed of a λ / 4 film. The λ / 4 film is a layer that imparts in-plane retardation of about ¼ of the wavelength to transmitted light, and in the present embodiment, the λ / 4 film is composed of a film that is obliquely stretched. The angle (crossing angle) formed between the slow axis of the λ / 4 film and the absorption axis of the polarizer 11 is 30 ° to 60 °, whereby the linearly polarized light from the polarizer 11 is converted into the λ / 4 film ( It is converted into circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light by the film substrate 12).

 したがって、観察者が偏光サングラスを装着して表示画像を観察する場合において、偏光子11の透過軸(吸収軸に垂直)と、偏光サングラスの透過軸とがどのようにズレていても、偏光板5から出射される光(円偏光または楕円偏光)に含まれる、偏光サングラスの透過軸に平行な光の成分を観察者の眼に導くことができる。これにより、観察する角度によって表示画像が見え難くなるのを抑えることができる。また、観察者が偏光サングラスを装着しない場合でも、偏光板5から出射されて観察者の眼に入射するのは円偏光または楕円偏光であるので、直線偏光が観察者の眼に直接入射する構成に比べて、観察者の眼の負担を軽減することができる。 Therefore, when an observer wears polarized sunglasses and observes a display image, the polarizing plate can be used regardless of how the transmission axis of the polarizer 11 (perpendicular to the absorption axis) and the transmission axis of the polarized sunglasses are misaligned. The light component parallel to the transmission axis of the polarized sunglasses contained in the light emitted from 5 (circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light) can be guided to the eyes of the observer. Thereby, it can suppress that it becomes difficult to see a display image with the angle to observe. In addition, even when the observer does not wear polarized sunglasses, since it is circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light that is emitted from the polarizing plate 5 and incident on the observer's eyes, linearly polarized light is directly incident on the observer's eyes. Compared to the above, the burden on the eyes of the observer can be reduced.

 偏光板6は、所定の直線偏光を透過する偏光子21と、偏光子21の液晶セル4側に配置される光学フィルム22と、偏光子21の液晶セル4とは反対側に配置される光学フィルム23とを積層して構成されている。偏光子21は、透過軸が偏光子11と垂直となるように配置されている(クロスニコル状態)。光学フィルム22・23は、偏光板6の表面および裏面を保護するために設けられているが、これらは偏光板5のフィルム基材12と同様の材料(例えばセルロースエステル)で構成されてもよいし、他の材料で構成されてもよい。 The polarizing plate 6 includes a polarizer 21 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, an optical film 22 that is disposed on the liquid crystal cell 4 side of the polarizer 21, and an optical that is disposed on the opposite side of the polarizer 21 from the liquid crystal cell 4. The film 23 is laminated. The polarizer 21 is disposed so that the transmission axis is perpendicular to the polarizer 11 (crossed Nicol state). The optical films 22 and 23 are provided to protect the front and back surfaces of the polarizing plate 6, but they may be made of the same material (for example, cellulose ester) as the film substrate 12 of the polarizing plate 5. However, it may be composed of other materials.

 なお、上記した光学フィルム15は、偏光板以外の用途に用いることも可能である。この場合、硬化層13はフィルム基材12の両面に設けられてもよい。したがって、光学フィルム15においては、硬化層13はフィルム基材12の少なくとも一方の面に形成されていてもよいと言える。 In addition, the above-described optical film 15 can be used for purposes other than the polarizing plate. In this case, the cured layer 13 may be provided on both surfaces of the film substrate 12. Therefore, in the optical film 15, it can be said that the cured layer 13 may be formed on at least one surface of the film substrate 12.

 〔光学フィルム〕
 以下、上述した光学フィルム15の詳細について説明する。
[Optical film]
Hereinafter, the detail of the optical film 15 mentioned above is demonstrated.

 (硬化層)
 本実施形態の硬化層は、脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(以下、単に硬化性樹脂とも記載する)を含有している。脂環構造としては、具体的には、ノルボルニル、トリシクロデカニル、テトラシクロドデカニル、ペンタシクロペンタデカニル、アダマンチル、ジアマンタニル等が挙げられる。
(Cured layer)
The cured layer of this embodiment contains an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure (hereinafter also simply referred to as a curable resin). Specific examples of the alicyclic structure include norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, pentacyclopentadecanyl, adamantyl, diamantanyl and the like.

 活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有することが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和二重結合基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、スチリル基、アリル基等の重合性官能基が挙げられ、中でも、(メタ)アクリロイル基及び-C(O)OCH=CH2が好ましい。 The active energy ray curable resin preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated double bond group include polymerizable functional groups such as (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group, styryl group and allyl group. Among them, (meth) acryloyl group and —C (O) OCH═ CH 2 is preferred.

 脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂は、脂環構造の炭化水素基とエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する基とが連結基を介して結合することで構成されているものが好ましい。連結基としては、単結合、アルキレン基、アミド基、カルバモイル基、エステル基、オキシカルボニル基、エーテル基等またはこれらを組み合わせた基が挙げられる。具体的には、脂環構造を有するジオール、トリオール等のポリオールと、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、スチリル基、アリル基等を有するカルボン酸、カルボン酸誘導体、エポキシ誘導体、イソシアナート誘導体化合物等との一段あるいは二段階の反応により、容易に合成できる。 The active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure is preferably composed of a hydrocarbon group having an alicyclic structure and a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond bonded via a linking group. Examples of the linking group include a single bond, an alkylene group, an amide group, a carbamoyl group, an ester group, an oxycarbonyl group, an ether group, or a group obtained by combining these. Specifically, polyols such as diols and triols having an alicyclic structure, carboxylic acids having (meth) acryloyl groups, vinyl groups, styryl groups, allyl groups, carboxylic acid derivatives, epoxy derivatives, isocyanate derivative compounds, etc. Can be easily synthesized by a one-step or two-step reaction.

 以下、脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂の具体的化合物を、下記一般式(I)~(VII)で示すが、本発明はこれらには限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, specific compounds of the active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure are represented by the following general formulas (I) to (VII), but the present invention is not limited thereto.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(式中、R1は水素原子または炭素数1~3のアルキル基、R2は炭素数1~5のアルキレン基またはアルキレンオキサイド基、R3は水素原子または炭素数1~3のアルキル基、nは1または2の整数。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(Wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R2 is an alkylene group or alkylene oxide group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R3 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and n is 1) Or an integer of 2.)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(式中、R1、R3およびnは、上記一般式(I)と同じ意味である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(Wherein R1, R3 and n have the same meaning as in the general formula (I)).

 一般式(I)及び一般式(II)において、R1は、水素原子または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基を表す。R2は炭素数1~5のアルキレン基またはアルキレンオキサイド基を表し、好ましくは、メチレン基、エチレン基、メチレンオキサイド基、エチレンオキサイド基を表す。R3は、水素原子または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基を表す。 In the general formulas (I) and (II), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. R2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkylene oxide group, and preferably represents a methylene group, an ethylene group, a methylene oxide group, or an ethylene oxide group. R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.

 以下、一般式(I)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, preferred specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (I) are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 以下、一般式(II)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, preferred specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (II) are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 上記一般式(I)、(II)で表される化合物の市販品としては、例えばNKエステルA-DCP(トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業社製)などを挙げることができるが、これらには限定されない。 Examples of commercially available compounds represented by the above general formulas (I) and (II) include NK ester A-DCP (tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). However, it is not limited to these.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 一般式(III)中、L及びL’は各々独立に二価以上の連結基を表し、同時に二価とはならない。nは1~3の整数を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
In general formula (III), L and L ′ each independently represent a divalent or higher valent linking group and are not divalent simultaneously. n represents an integer of 1 to 3.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(IV)中、L及びL’は各々独立に二価以上の連結基を表し、同時に二価とはならない。nは1~2の整数を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
In general formula (IV), L and L ′ each independently represent a divalent or higher valent linking group and are not divalent simultaneously. n represents an integer of 1 to 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(V)中、L及びL’は各々独立に二価以上の連結基を表し、同時に二価とはならない。nは1~2の整数を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In general formula (V), L and L ′ each independently represent a divalent or higher valent linking group and are not divalent simultaneously. n represents an integer of 1 to 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(VI)中、L、L’及びL’’は各々独立に二価以上の連結基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In general formula (VI), L, L ′, and L ″ each independently represent a divalent or higher linking group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(VII)中、L及びL’は各々独立に二価以上の連結基を表し、同時に二価とはならない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
In general formula (VII), L and L ′ each independently represent a divalent or higher linking group and are not divalent simultaneously.

 前記一般式(III)~(VII)で表される化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、これらには限定されない。 Specific examples of the compounds represented by the general formulas (III) to (VII) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 硬化層は、脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂を30質量%以上含有することが好ましく、より好ましくは50質量%以上である。 The cured layer preferably contains 30% by mass or more of active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.

 硬化層は、上記脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂以外に、機械的膜強度(耐擦傷性、鉛筆硬度)に優れる点から、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲において、下記の紫外線硬化性樹脂を含有してもよい。紫外線硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、紫外線硬化型アクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型ウレタンアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型ポリエステルアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型エポキシアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型ポリオールアクリレート系樹脂、又は紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂等が好ましく用いられ、中でも紫外線硬化型アクリレート系樹脂が好ましい。 In addition to the active energy ray-curable resin having the alicyclic structure, the cured layer is excellent in mechanical film strength (abrasion resistance, pencil hardness), and in the range not impairing the effects of the present invention, the following ultraviolet curing is performed. A functional resin may be contained. Examples of the ultraviolet curable resin include an ultraviolet curable acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyester acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable epoxy acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyol acrylate resin, and an ultraviolet curable resin. A curable epoxy resin or the like is preferably used, and an ultraviolet curable acrylate resin is particularly preferable.

 紫外線硬化型アクリレート系樹脂としては、多官能アクリレートが好ましい。該多官能アクリレートとしては、ペンタエリスリトール多官能アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトール多官能アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール多官能メタクリレート、及びジペンタエリスリトール多官能メタクリレートよりなる群から選ばれることが好ましい。 As the ultraviolet curable acrylate resin, polyfunctional acrylate is preferable. The polyfunctional acrylate is preferably selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, dipentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, pentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate, and dipentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate.

 ここで、多官能アクリレートとは、分子中に2個以上のアクリロイルオキシ基又はメタクロイルオキシ基を有する化合物である。多官能アクリレートのモノマーとしては、例えばエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリアクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリアクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラアクリレート、ペンタグリセロールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ/テトラアクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラアクリレート、エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、グリセリントリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリメタクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリメタクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラメタクリレート、ペンタグリセロールトリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、グリセリントリメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサメタクリレート、多塩基酸性アクリレート等が挙げられる。また、単官能アクリレートを用いてもよい。単官能アクリレートとしては、イソボロニルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート、イソステアリルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、エチルカルビトールアクリレート、フェノキシエチルアクリレート、ラウリルアクリレート、イソオクチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、ベヘニルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレートなどが挙げられる。このようなアクリレートは、日本化成工業株式会社、新中村化学工業株式会社、大阪有機化学工業株式会社等から入手できる。 Here, the polyfunctional acrylate is a compound having two or more acryloyloxy groups or methacryloyloxy groups in the molecule. Examples of the polyfunctional acrylate monomer include ethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, and tetramethylolmethane triacrylate. , Tetramethylolmethane tetraacrylate, pentaglycerol triacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tri / tetraacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, glycerol triacrylate relay , Dipentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, tri Methylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, tetramethylolmethane trimethacrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetramethacrylate, pentaglycerol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, glycerin tri Methacrylate, dipentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol penta methacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, polybasic acid acrylate. A monofunctional acrylate may also be used. Monofunctional acrylates include isobornyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, isostearyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, ethyl carbitol acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, behenyl Examples thereof include acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and cyclohexyl acrylate. Such acrylates can be obtained from Nippon Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.

 (環式有機化合物)
 硬化層は、SP値が17.0~21.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であり、かつ、芳香環構造を有するか、脂環構造に極性置換基を有する、少なくとも1種の環式有機化合物を有している。
(Cyclic organic compounds)
The cured layer has an SP value in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], and has an aromatic ring structure or a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure, It has one kind of cyclic organic compound.

 〈SP値〉
 SP値は、各原子団のモル凝集エネルギーの和を体積で割ったものの平方根で表され、単位体積あたりの極性を示す。このSP値は、溶解性パラメータ(Solubility Parameter)とも呼ばれ、溶媒と溶質との間に作用する力を分子間力と仮定したときに(正則溶液論)、その分子間力を表す尺度として使用される。経験的には、2つの成分のSP値の差が小さいほど、溶解度が大きい(2つの成分は混ざりやすい)ことが知られている。SP値は、例えばFUJITSU Technical Computing Solution SCIGRESS(富士通株式会社製)によって算出できる。
<SP value>
The SP value is represented by the square root of the sum of the molar cohesive energy of each atomic group divided by the volume, and indicates the polarity per unit volume. This SP value is also called a solubility parameter (Solubility Parameter). When the force acting between the solvent and the solute is assumed to be an intermolecular force (regular solution theory), it is used as a measure for expressing the intermolecular force. Is done. From experience, it is known that the smaller the difference between the SP values of the two components, the greater the solubility (the two components are likely to be mixed). The SP value can be calculated by, for example, FUJITSU Technical Computing Solution SCIGRESS (manufactured by Fujitsu Limited).

 上述した脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂との相溶性を向上させる観点から、上記環式有機化合物のSP値の好ましい範囲は、18.0~20.0[(J/cm31/2]である。 From the viewpoint of improving the compatibility with the above-described active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure, the preferred range of the SP value of the cyclic organic compound is 18.0 to 20.0 [(J / cm 3 ). 1/2 ].

 〈芳香環構造〉
 環式有機化合物の芳香環構造としては、芳香族性を示す単環または多環を1つ以上含む構造であればよい。例えば、1個または複数個のベンゼン環が縮合または連結された芳香族環を構造中に有するベンゼン系芳香環や、環構造に炭素以外の元素を有する複素芳香環等が挙げられる。好ましくはベンゼン系芳香環であり、ベンゼン環が縮合または連結されている芳香族環の数は、通常1~5個、好ましくは1~3個である。
<Aromatic ring structure>
The aromatic ring structure of the cyclic organic compound may be a structure containing at least one monocyclic or polycyclic ring exhibiting aromaticity. Examples thereof include a benzene-based aromatic ring having an aromatic ring in which one or a plurality of benzene rings are condensed or connected, a heteroaromatic ring having an element other than carbon in the ring structure, and the like. A benzene aromatic ring is preferred, and the number of aromatic rings to which the benzene ring is condensed or linked is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3.

 〈脂環構造に極性置換基を有する構造〉
 環式有機化合物の脂環構造としては、シクロアルカンまたはシクロアルケンを1つ以上含む構造であればよい。以下、脂環構造の具体例を示すが、これらには限定されない。
<Structure having polar substituent in alicyclic structure>
The alicyclic structure of the cyclic organic compound may be a structure containing at least one cycloalkane or cycloalkene. Hereinafter, although the specific example of an alicyclic structure is shown, it is not limited to these.

 単環のシクロアルカンとしては、シクロプロパン、シクロブタン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、シクロヘプタン、シクロオクタン、シクロノナン、シクロデカン、シクロウンデカン、シクロドデカンなどが挙げられる。単環のシクロアルケンとしては、シクロプロペン、シクロブテン、シクロプロペン、シクロヘキセン、シクロヘプテン、シクロオクテンなどが挙げられる。脂環構造として好ましくは、シクロヘキサン、シクロヘキセンである。なお、脂環構造は、単環に限らず、多環であってもよい。多環構造としては、ビシクロデカン、ノルボルネン、ノルボルナジエンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkane include cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclooctane, cyclononane, cyclodecane, cycloundecane, and cyclododecane. Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkene include cyclopropene, cyclobutene, cyclopropene, cyclohexene, cycloheptene, cyclooctene and the like. The cycloaliphatic structure is preferably cyclohexane or cyclohexene. The alicyclic structure is not limited to a single ring and may be polycyclic. Examples of the polycyclic structure include bicyclodecane, norbornene, norbornadiene and the like.

 極性置換基としては、ヒドロキシル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ニトリル基などが挙げられるが、これらには限定されない。好ましくは、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシ基である。 Examples of the polar substituent include, but are not limited to, a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, a nitro group, and a nitrile group. Preferably, they are a hydroxyl group and a carboxy group.

 〈エチレン性不飽和モノマー〉
 上記環式有機化合物は、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合体である。エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)-n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル、(メタ)アクリル酸トルイル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-メトキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル等の(メタ)アクリル酸系モノマー;スチレン、ビニルトルエン、α-メチルシチレン等のスチレン系モノマー;ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、メチルメタクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、ブチルメタクリレート、イソブチルメタクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルメテクリレート、イソデシルメテクリレート、n-ラウリルアクリレート、n-ステアリルアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ウレタンアクリレートが挙げられるが、これらには限定されない。好ましくは、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸メチルである。
<Ethylenically unsaturated monomer>
The cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid-n-propyl, (meth) acrylic acid isopropyl, (meth) -n -Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid-n-hexyl, (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid-n-heptyl, (meth) acrylic acid-n-octyl, (meth) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, toluyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, ( 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate (Meth) acrylic monomers such as ril, glycidyl (meth) acrylate; styrene monomers such as styrene, vinyltoluene, α-methylcytylene; pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate , Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methylate, isodecyl methacrylate, n-lauryl acrylate N-stearyl acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, urethane acrylate For example, but not limited to. Preferred are (meth) acrylic acid and methyl (meth) acrylate.

 上述したエチレン性不飽和モノマーは、クマロン、インデン、スチレン、ビニルトルエン、イソプレン、ピペリレン、テルペンの各構造のうち、少なくとも1つを含有していることが好ましい。テルペン構造としては、β-ピネン構造、α-ピネン構造、β-リモネン構造、α-リモネン構造が挙げられる。また、これらの構造が水素還元されて得られる水添テルペン構造でもよい。 The above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated monomer preferably contains at least one of the structures of coumarone, indene, styrene, vinyltoluene, isoprene, piperylene and terpene. Examples of the terpene structure include a β-pinene structure, an α-pinene structure, a β-limonene structure, and an α-limonene structure. Further, a hydrogenated terpene structure obtained by hydrogen reduction of these structures may be used.

 以下、本実施形態で用いることができる環式有機化合物の具体例を示すが、環式有機化合物はこれらに限定されるわけではない。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the cyclic organic compound that can be used in the present embodiment will be shown, but the cyclic organic compound is not limited thereto.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 上述した環式有機化合物の市販品としては、例えばヤスハラケミカル株式会社製のYSレジンTO125、YSレジンTO115、YSレジンTO105、YSレジンTO85、YSレジンTR105、クリアロンK4100、クリアロンK100、YSポリスターT80、YSポリスターUH115、YSポリスターNH、YSレジンSX100、YSレジンSX185、日塗化学株式会社製のニットレジンクマロンV-120S、ニットレジンPH-25、ニットレジンPH-30-90T、東ソー株式会社製のペトコール、ペトロタックなどを挙げることができるが、これらには限定されない。 Examples of commercially available cyclic organic compounds include YS Resin TO125, YS Resin TO115, YS Resin TO105, YS Resin TO85, YS Resin TR105, Clearon K4100, Clearon K100, YS Polystar T80, and YS Polystar manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd. UH115, YS Polyster NH, YS Resin SX100, YS Resin SX185, Knit Resin Coumarone V-120S manufactured by Nikkaku Chemical Co., Ltd., Knit Resin PH-25, Knit Resin PH-30-90T, Petcoal manufactured by Tosoh Corporation Examples include, but are not limited to, petrotac.

 (光重合開始剤)
 硬化層は、活性線硬化樹脂の硬化促進のため、光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤の含有量は、質量比で、光重合開始剤:活性線硬化樹脂=20:100~0.01:100となる含有量であることが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、具体的には、アルキルフェノン系、アセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、α-アミロキシムエステル、チオキサントン等、およびこれらの誘導体を挙げることができるが、特にこれらに限定されるものではない。光重合開始剤としては市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、BASFジャパン(株)製のイルガキュア184、イルガキュア907、イルガキュア651などが好ましい例示として挙げられる。
(Photopolymerization initiator)
The cured layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator to accelerate the curing of the actinic radiation curable resin. The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably such that the photopolymerization initiator: active ray curable resin = 20: 100 to 0.01: 100 in terms of mass ratio. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include alkylphenone series, acetophenone, benzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, Michler's ketone, α-amyloxime ester, thioxanthone and the like, and derivatives thereof. It is not something. Commercially available products may be used as the photopolymerization initiator, and preferred examples include Irgacure 184, Irgacure 907, and Irgacure 651 manufactured by BASF Japan.

 (微粒子)
 硬化層は微粒子を含有しても良い。微粒子としては、特に制限されないが、シリカ、アルミナ、ジルコニア、酸化チタン、五酸化アンチモン等が挙げられ、好ましくはシリカである。シリカ微粒子は、内部に空洞を有する中空粒子でも良い。ポリマーシランカップリング剤で被覆されてなる微粒子が、良好な機械特性を発揮することから特に好ましい。含有量については、微粒子:活性線硬化樹脂=0.1:100~400:100となる含有量が好ましい。
(Fine particles)
The hardened layer may contain fine particles. Although it does not restrict | limit especially as microparticles | fine-particles, A silica, an alumina, a zirconia, a titanium oxide, antimony pentoxide etc. are mentioned, Preferably it is a silica. The silica fine particles may be hollow particles having cavities inside. Fine particles coated with a polymer silane coupling agent are particularly preferred because they exhibit good mechanical properties. The content is preferably a fine particle: active ray curable resin = 0.1: 100 to 400: 100.

 (ポリマーシランカップリング剤)
 ポリマーシランカップリング剤とは、重合性モノマーとシランカップリング剤(反応性シラン化合物)との反応物をいう。このようなポリマーシランカップリング剤は、例えば、特開平11-116240号公報に開示された重合性モノマーと反応性シラン化合物との反応物の製法に準じて得ることができる。
(Polymer silane coupling agent)
The polymer silane coupling agent refers to a reaction product of a polymerizable monomer and a silane coupling agent (reactive silane compound). Such a polymer silane coupling agent can be obtained, for example, according to the method for producing a reaction product of a polymerizable monomer and a reactive silane compound disclosed in JP-A-11-116240.

 重合性モノマーとして、具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)-n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル、(メタ)アクリル酸トルイル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-メトキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-アミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸のエチレンオキサイド付加物、(メタ)アクリル酸トリフルオロメチルメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-トリフルオロメチルエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-パーフルオロエチルエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-パーフルオロエチル-2-パーフルオロブチルエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-パーフルオロエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸パーフルオロメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジバーフルオロメチルメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-パーフルオロメチル-2-パーフルオロエチルメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-パーフルオロヘキシルエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-パーフルオロデシルエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-パーフルオロヘキサデシルエチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸系モノマー;スチレン、ビニルトルエン、α-メチルシチレン、クロルスチレン、スチレンスルホン酸及びその塩等のスチレン系モノマー;パーフルオロエチレン、パーフルオロプロピレン、フッ化ビニリデン等のフッ素含有ビニルモノマー;ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン等のケイ素含有ビニル系モノマー;無水マレイン酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸のモノアルキルエステル及びジアルキルエステル;フマル酸、フマル酸のモノアルキルエステル及びジアルキルエステル;マレイミド、メチルマレイミド、エチルマレイミド、プロピルマレイミド、ブチルマレイミド、ヘキシルマレイミド、オクチルマレイミド、ドデシルマレイミド、ステアリルマレイミド、フェニルマレイミド、シクロヘキシルマレイミド等のニトリル基含有ビニル系モノマー;アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド等のアミド基含有ビニル系モノマー;酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、ピバリン酸ビニル、安息香酸ビニル、桂皮酸ビニル等のビニルエステル類;エチレン、プロピレン等のアルケン類;ブタジエン、イソプレン等の共役ジエン類;塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、塩化アリル、アリルアルコール、アクリル樹脂モノマー類;ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、メチルメタクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、ブチルメタクリレート、イソブチルメタクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルメテクリレート、イソデシルメテクリレート、n-ラウリルアクリレート、n-ステアリルアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、パーフルオロオクチルエチルメタクリレート、トリフロロエチルメテクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート等およびこれらの混合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the polymerizable monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid-n-propyl, (meth) acrylic acid isopropyl, (meth) -N-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid-n-hexyl, (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid-n-heptyl, (meth) acrylic acid-n-octyl, ( 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, toluyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate , 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid -Hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 2-aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide adduct of (meth) acrylic acid, (Meth) acrylic acid trifluoromethyl methyl, (meth) acrylic acid 2-trifluoromethyl ethyl, (meth) acrylic acid 2-perfluoroethyl ethyl, (meth) acrylic acid 2-perfluoroethyl-2-perfluorobutyl Ethyl, 2-perfluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoromethyl (meth) acrylate, difluorofluoromethyl methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-perfluoromethyl-2-perfluoroethyl methyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-perfluorohexylethyl (Meth) acrylic acid-based monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid 2-perfluorodecylethyl and (meth) acrylic acid 2-perfluorohexadecylethyl; styrene, vinyltoluene, α-methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, styrenesulfonic acid and Styrene monomers such as salts thereof; fluorine-containing vinyl monomers such as perfluoroethylene, perfluoropropylene, and vinylidene fluoride; silicon-containing vinyl monomers such as vinyltrimethoxysilane and vinyltriethoxysilane; maleic anhydride, maleic acid, Monoalkyl and dialkyl esters of maleic acid; fumaric acid, monoalkyl and dialkyl esters of fumaric acid; maleimide, methylmaleimide, ethylmaleimide, propylmaleimide, butylmaleimide, hexyluma Nitrile group-containing vinyl monomers such as imide, octylmaleimide, dodecylmaleimide, stearylmaleimide, phenylmaleimide, cyclohexylmaleimide; amide group-containing vinyl monomers such as acrylamide and methacrylamide; vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl pivalate, benzoate Vinyl esters such as vinyl acid and vinyl cinnamate; Alkenes such as ethylene and propylene; Conjugated dienes such as butadiene and isoprene; Vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, allyl chloride, allyl alcohol, acrylic resin monomers; Pentaerythritol triacrylate , Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane Tora (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, isodecyl methacrylate, n-lauryl acrylate, n-stearyl acrylate, 1,6 -Hexanediol dimethacrylate, perfluorooctylethyl methacrylate, trifluoroethyl methacrylate, urethane acrylate and the like and mixtures thereof.

 反応性シラン化合物としては、下記式(1)で表される有機ケイ素化合物を用いることが好ましい。
   X-R-Si(OR)3   (1)
(式中、Rは、置換または非置換の炭化水素基から選ばれる炭素数1~10の有機基を表す。Xは(メタ)アクロイル基、エポキシ基(グリシド基)、ウレタン基、アミノ基、フルオロ基から選ばれる1種または2種以上の官能基。)
As the reactive silane compound, an organosilicon compound represented by the following formula (1) is preferably used.
XR-Si (OR) 3 (1)
(In the formula, R represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms selected from a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group. X represents a (meth) acryloyl group, an epoxy group (glycid group), a urethane group, an amino group, One or more functional groups selected from fluoro groups.)

 式(1)で表される有機ケイ素化合物として、具体的には、3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、メチル-3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピルジメトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシメチルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシメチルトリエキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシエチルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシエチルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-(β-グリシドキシエトキシ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリロオキシメチルトリメトキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリロオキシメチルトリエキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリロオキシエチルトリメトキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリロオキシエチルトリエトキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリロオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリロオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリロオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリロオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-ウレイドイソプロピルプロピルトリエトキシシラン、パーフルオロオクチルエチルトリメトキシシラン、パーフルオロオクチルエチルトリエトキシシラン、パーフルオロオクチルエチルトリイソプロポキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等およびこれらの混合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the organosilicon compound represented by the formula (1) include 3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, methyl-3,3,3-trifluoropropyldimethoxysilane, β- (3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxymethyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxymethyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxyethyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxyethyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, γ- (β-glycidoxyethoxy) Propyltrimethoxysilane, γ- (meth) acrylooxymethyltrimethoxy Lan, γ- (meth) acrylooxymethyltrioxysilane, γ- (meth) acrylooxyethyltrimethoxysilane, γ- (meth) acryloxyethyltriethoxysilane, γ- (meth) acryloxypropyl Trimethoxysilane, γ- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ- (meth) acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, γ- (meth) acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-ureidoisopropylpropyltriethoxy Silane, perfluorooctylethyltrimethoxysilane, perfluorooctylethyltriethoxysilane, perfluorooctylethyltriisopropoxysilane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysila , N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and the like, and mixtures thereof.

 重合性モノマーと反応性シラン化合物とを反応させて、ポリマーシランカップリング剤が調製される。具体的には、重合性モノマー100重量部に対し、反応性シラン化合物を0.5~20重量部、さらには1~10重量部の範囲で混合した有機溶媒溶液を調製し、これに重合開始剤を添加し、加熱することによって得ることができる。 Polymeric silane coupling agent is prepared by reacting a polymerizable monomer with a reactive silane compound. Specifically, an organic solvent solution in which a reactive silane compound is mixed in an amount of 0.5 to 20 parts by weight, further 1 to 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer is prepared, and polymerization is started. It can be obtained by adding an agent and heating.

 (ポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆微粒子の調製方法)
 ポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆微粒子は、具体的には、微粒子の有機溶媒分散液にポリマーシランカップリング剤を加え、アルカリ存在下にポリマーシランカップリング剤で微粒子を被覆することによって調製できる。得られるポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆微粒子の平均粒子径の範囲は、5~500nm、さらには10~200nmであることが、光学フィルムに用いた際の光学特性を確保できる点で好ましい。
(Method for preparing polymer silane coupling agent coated fine particles)
Specifically, the polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles can be prepared by adding a polymer silane coupling agent to a fine particle organic solvent dispersion and coating the fine particles with the polymer silane coupling agent in the presence of an alkali. The average particle diameter of the resulting polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles is preferably 5 to 500 nm, more preferably 10 to 200 nm, from the viewpoint of securing optical properties when used in an optical film.

 硬化層中のポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆微粒子の含有量は、固形分として0.5~80質量部、さらには1~60質量部であることが、硬化層の膜強度を確保する観点から好ましい。 The content of the polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles in the cured layer is preferably 0.5 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 60 parts by mass as the solid content, from the viewpoint of securing the film strength of the cured layer. .

 (導電剤)
 硬化層には、帯電防止性を付与するために導電剤が含まれていても良い。好ましい導電剤としては、金属酸化物粒子又はπ共役系導電性ポリマーが挙げられる。また、イオン液体も導電性化合物として好ましく用いられる。
(Conductive agent)
The hardened layer may contain a conductive agent in order to impart antistatic properties. Preferred conductive agents include metal oxide particles or π-conjugated conductive polymers. An ionic liquid is also preferably used as the conductive compound.

 (添加剤)
 硬化層には、塗布性を良好にする観点から、フッ素-シロキサングラフト化合物、フッ素系化合物、シリコーン系化合物やHLB値が3~18の化合物が含まれていても良い。これら添加剤の種類や添加量を調整することで、親水性を制御しやすい。HLB値とは、Hydrophile-Lipophile-Balance、つまり、親水性-親油性のバランスのことであり、化合物の親水性又は親油性の大きさを示す値である。HLB値が小さいほど親油性が高く、値が大きいほど親水性が高くなる。また、HLB値は以下のような計算式によって求めることができる。
 HLB=7+11.7Log(Mw/Mo)
 式中、Mwは親水基の分子量、Moは親油基の分子量を表し、Mw+Mo=M(化合物の分子量)である。或いはグリフィン法によれば、HLB値=20×親水部の式量の総和/分子量(J.Soc.Cosmetic Chem.,5(1954),294)等が挙げられる。
(Additive)
The cured layer may contain a fluorine-siloxane graft compound, a fluorine compound, a silicone compound, or a compound having an HLB value of 3 to 18 from the viewpoint of improving the coating property. The hydrophilicity can be easily controlled by adjusting the types and amounts of these additives. The HLB value is Hydrophile-Lipophile-Balance, that is, a hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, and is a value indicating the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of a compound. The smaller the HLB value, the higher the lipophilicity, and the higher the value, the higher the hydrophilicity. The HLB value can be obtained by the following calculation formula.
HLB = 7 + 11.7Log (Mw / Mo)
In the formula, Mw represents the molecular weight of the hydrophilic group, Mo represents the molecular weight of the lipophilic group, and Mw + Mo = M (molecular weight of the compound). Alternatively, according to the Griffin method, HLB value = 20 × total formula weight of hydrophilic part / molecular weight (J. Soc. Cosmetic Chem., 5 (1954), 294) and the like.

 HLB値が3~18の化合物の具体的化合物を下記に挙げるが、これに限定されるものでない。( )内はHLB値を示す。花王株式会社製:エマルゲン102KG(6.3)、エマルゲン103(8.1)、エマルゲン104P(9.6)、エマルゲン105(9.7)、エマルゲン106(10.5)、エマルゲン108(12.1)、エマルゲン109P(13.6)、エマルゲン120(15.3)、エマルゲン123P(16.9)、エマルゲン147(16.3)、エマルゲン210P(10.7)、エマルゲン220(14.2)、エマルゲン306P(9.4)、エマルゲン320P(13.9)、エマルゲン404(8.8)、エマルゲン408(10.0)、エマルゲン409PV(12.0)、エマルゲン420(13.6)、エマルゲン430(16.2)、エマルゲン705(10.5)、エマルゲン707(12.1)、エマルゲン709(13.3)、エマルゲン1108(13.5)、エマルゲン1118S-70(16.4)、エマルゲン1135S-70(17.9)、エマルゲン2020G-HA(13.0)、エマルゲン2025G(15.7)、エマルゲンLS-106(12.5)、エマルゲンLS-110(13.4)、エマルゲンLS-114(14.0)、日信化学工業株式会社製:サーフィノール104E(4)、サーフィノール104H(4)、サーフィノール104A(4)、サーフィノール104BC(4)、サーフィノール104DPM(4)、サーフィノール104PA(4)、サーフィノール104PG-50(4)、サーフィノール104S(4)、サーフィノール420(4)、サーフィノール440(8)、サーフィノール465(13)、サーフィノール485(17)、サーフィノールSE(6)、信越化学工業株式会社製:X-22-4272(7)、X-22-6266(8)。 Specific compounds of compounds having an HLB value of 3 to 18 are listed below, but are not limited thereto. Figures in parentheses indicate HLB values. Made by Kao Corporation: Emulgen 102KG (6.3), Emulgen 103 (8.1), Emulgen 104P (9.6), Emulgen 105 (9.7), Emulgen 106 (10.5), Emulgen 108 (12. 1), Emulgen 109P (13.6), Emulgen 120 (15.3), Emulgen 123P (16.9), Emulgen 147 (16.3), Emulgen 210P (10.7), Emulgen 220 (14.2) , Emulgen 306P (9.4), Emulgen 320P (13.9), Emulgen 404 (8.8), Emulgen 408 (10.0), Emulgen 409PV (12.0), Emulgen 420 (13.6), Emulgen 430 (16.2), Emulgen 705 (10.5), Emulgen 707 (12.1), Emulgen 7 9 (13.3), Emulgen 1108 (13.5), Emulgen 1118S-70 (16.4), Emulgen 1135S-70 (17.9), Emulgen 2020G-HA (13.0), Emulgen 2025G (15. 7), Emulgen LS-106 (12.5), Emulgen LS-110 (13.4), Emulgen LS-114 (14.0), manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: Surfynol 104E (4), Surfynol 104H (4), Surfinol 104A (4), Surfinol 104BC (4), Surfinol 104DPM (4), Surfinol 104PA (4), Surfinol 104PG-50 (4), Surfinol 104S (4), Surfi Knoll 420 (4), Surfynol 440 (8), Surfynol 46 (13), Surfynol 485 (17), Surfynol SE (6), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: X-22-4272 (7), X-22-6266 (8).

 フッ素-シロキサングラフト化合物とは、少なくともフッ素系樹脂に、シロキサン及び/又はオルガノシロキサン単体を含むポリシロキサン及び/又はオルガノポリシロキサンをグラフト化させて得られる共重合体の化合物をいう。このようなフッ素-シロキサングラフト化合物は、後述の実施例に記載されているような方法で調製することができる。あるいは、市販品としては、富士化成工業株式会社製のZX-022H、ZX-007C、ZX-049、ZX-047-D等を挙げることができる。 The fluorine-siloxane graft compound refers to a copolymer compound obtained by grafting polysiloxane and / or organopolysiloxane containing siloxane and / or organosiloxane alone on at least a fluorine resin. Such a fluorine-siloxane graft compound can be prepared by a method as described in Examples described later. Alternatively, examples of commercially available products include ZX-022H, ZX-007C, ZX-049, and ZX-047-D manufactured by Fuji Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

 フッ素系化合物としては、DIC株式会社製のメガファックシリーズ(F-477、F-487、F-569等)、ダイキン工業株式会社社製のオプツールDSX、オプツールDACなどを挙げることができる。 Examples of the fluorine-based compound include Megafac series (F-477, F-487, F-569, etc.) manufactured by DIC Corporation, OPTOOL DSX, OPTOOL DAC, etc. manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.

 シリコーン系化合物としては、信越化学工業株式会社製:KF-351、KF-352、KF-353、KF-354L、KF-355A、KF-615A、KF-945、KF-618、KF-6011、KF-6015、KF-6004、ビックケミージャパン株式会社製:BYK-UV3576、BYK-UV3535、BYK-UV3510、BYK-UV3505、BYK-UV3500、BYK-UV3510などを挙げることができる。これら成分は硬化層組成物中の固形分成分に対し、0.005質量部以上、10質量部以下の範囲で添加することが好ましい。これらの成分は全添加剤量が0.005質量部以上、10質量部以下の範囲であれば、2種類以上添加しても良い。 Examples of silicone compounds are Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: KF-351, KF-352, KF-353, KF-354L, KF-355A, KF-615A, KF-945, KF-618, KF-6011, KF. -6015, KF-6004, manufactured by Big Chemie Japan KK: BYK-UV3576, BYK-UV3535, BYK-UV3510, BYK-UV3505, BYK-UV3500, BYK-UV3510, and the like. These components are preferably added in a range of 0.005 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less with respect to the solid component in the cured layer composition. Two or more kinds of these components may be added as long as the total additive amount is in the range of 0.005 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less.

 (紫外線吸収剤)
 硬化層は、後述するセルロースエステルフィルムで説明する紫外線吸収剤を含有しても良い。紫外線吸収剤を含有する場合のフィルムの構成として、硬化層が2層以上で構成される場合には、フィルム基材と接する硬化層に紫外線吸収剤を含有することが好ましい。
(UV absorber)
The hardened layer may contain an ultraviolet absorber described in the cellulose ester film described later. As a structure of the film in the case of containing an ultraviolet absorber, when the cured layer is composed of two or more layers, the cured layer in contact with the film substrate preferably contains the ultraviolet absorber.

 紫外線吸収剤の含有量としては、質量比で、紫外線吸収剤:硬化性樹脂=0.01:100~20:100となる含有量であることが好ましい。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably such that the mass ratio is ultraviolet absorber: curable resin = 0.01: 100 to 20: 100.

 (溶剤)
 硬化層は、上記した硬化層を形成する成分を、フィルム基材を膨潤又は一部溶解をする溶剤で希釈して硬化層組成物として、以下の方法でフィルム基材上に塗布し、乾燥、硬化して設けることが好ましい。
(solvent)
The cured layer is a component that forms the cured layer described above, diluted with a solvent that swells or partially dissolves the film substrate, and is applied as a cured layer composition on the film substrate in the following manner, dried. It is preferable to provide it by curing.

 溶剤としては、ケトン(メチルエチルケトン、アセトンなど)及び/又は酢酸エステル(酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチルなど)、アルコール(エタノール、メタノール、ノルマルプロパノール、イソプロパノール)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノン、メチルイソブチルケトンなどが好ましい。硬化層組成物の塗布量は、ウェット膜厚で0.1~80μmとなる量が適当であり、好ましくはウェット膜厚で0.5~30μmとなる量である。また、ドライ膜厚としては、平均膜厚0.01~20μmの範囲、好ましくは1~15μmの範囲である。より好ましくは、2~12μmの範囲である。 Solvents include ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, etc.) and / or acetate esters (methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), alcohols (ethanol, methanol, normal propanol, isopropanol), propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclohexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone. Etc. are preferable. The coating amount of the cured layer composition is suitably an amount that results in a wet film thickness of 0.1 to 80 μm, and preferably an amount that results in a wet film thickness of 0.5 to 30 μm. The dry film thickness is in the range of an average film thickness of 0.01 to 20 μm, preferably in the range of 1 to 15 μm. More preferably, it is in the range of 2 to 12 μm.

 硬化層組成物の塗布方法は、グラビアコーター、ディップコーター、リバースコーター、ワイヤーバーコーター、ダイコーター、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。 As a method for applying the cured layer composition, a known method such as a gravure coater, a dip coater, a reverse coater, a wire bar coater, a die coater, or an ink jet method can be used.

 (積層)
 硬化層は2層以上で構成されるほうが、表面硬度(耐擦傷性)の観点から好ましい。硬化層が2層以上で構成される場合、最表面層は上記したポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆微粒子を含有することが、表面硬度の点から好ましい。ポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆微粒子の含有量としては、質量比で、ポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆微粒子:硬化性樹脂=0.1:100~200:100の範囲が好ましい。
(Laminated)
The cured layer is preferably composed of two or more layers from the viewpoint of surface hardness (abrasion resistance). When the cured layer is composed of two or more layers, it is preferable from the viewpoint of surface hardness that the outermost surface layer contains the above-described polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles. The content of the polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles is preferably in the range of polymer silane coupling agent-coated fine particles: curable resin = 0.1: 100 to 200: 100 by mass ratio.

 硬化層を2層以上設ける場合、セルロースエステルフィルム基材と接する硬化層の膜厚は0.01~50μmの範囲であることが好ましく、2層目の硬化層の膜厚は0.01~25μmの範囲であることが好ましい。 When two or more cured layers are provided, the thickness of the cured layer in contact with the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 50 μm, and the thickness of the second cured layer is 0.01 to 25 μm. It is preferable that it is the range of these.

 2層以上の積層は、同時重層で形成しても良い。同時重層とは、乾燥工程を経ずに基材上に2層以上の硬化層をwet on wetで塗布して、硬化層を形成することである。 Two or more layers may be formed by simultaneous multilayers. The simultaneous multi-layer is to form a hardened layer by applying two or more hardened layers on a base material without going through a drying step.

 第1の硬化層の上に乾燥工程を経ずに、第2の硬化層をwet on wetで積層するには、押し出しコーターにより逐次重層するか、若しくは複数のスリットを有するスロットダイにて同時重層を行えばよい。 In order to laminate the second hardened layer on the first hardened layer without going through a drying process, the layers are stacked one after another with an extrusion coater or simultaneously with a slot die having a plurality of slits. Can be done.

 (硬化層形成方法)
 硬化層組成物の塗布後、乾燥し、硬化(活性線を照射(UV硬化処理とも言う))し、更に必要に応じて、UV硬化後に加熱処理しても良い。UV硬化後の加熱処理温度は80℃以上が好ましく、更に好ましくは100℃以上であり、特に好ましくは120℃以上である。このような高温でUV硬化後の加熱処理を行うことで、膜強度に優れた硬化層を得ることができる。
(Curing layer formation method)
After applying the cured layer composition, it may be dried and cured (irradiated with actinic radiation (also referred to as UV curing treatment)), and if necessary, may be heat treated after UV curing. The heat treatment temperature after UV curing is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120 ° C. or higher. By performing the heat treatment after UV curing at such a high temperature, a cured layer having excellent film strength can be obtained.

 乾燥は、減率乾燥区間の温度を30℃以上で行うことが好ましい。更に好ましくは、減率乾燥区間の温度は50℃以上である。 Drying is preferably performed at a temperature of 30% or more in the rate of drying section. More preferably, the temperature of the decreasing rate drying section is 50 ° C. or higher.

 一般に、乾燥プロセスは、乾燥が始まると、乾燥速度が一定の状態から徐々に減少する状態へと変化していくことが知られている。乾燥速度が一定の区間を恒率乾燥区間、乾燥速度が減少していく区間を減率乾燥区間と呼ぶ。 In general, it is known that the drying process changes from a constant state to a gradually decreasing state when drying starts. A section in which the drying speed is constant is called a constant rate drying section, and a section in which the drying speed decreases is called a decreasing rate drying section.

 UV硬化処理の光源としては、紫外線を発生する光源であれば制限なく使用できる。例えば、低圧水銀灯、中圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク灯、メタルハライドランプ、キセノンランプ等を用いることができる。 As a light source for UV curing treatment, any light source that generates ultraviolet rays can be used without limitation. For example, a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a metal halide lamp, a xenon lamp, or the like can be used.

 照射条件はそれぞれのランプによって異なるが、活性線の照射量は、通常50~1000mJ/cm2の範囲、好ましくは50~300mJ/cm2の範囲である。また、UV硬化処理では、酸素による反応阻害を防止するため、酸素除去(例えば、窒素パージなどの不活性ガスによる置換)を行うこともできる。酸素濃度の除去量を調整することで、表面の硬化状態を制御できる。 Irradiation conditions vary depending on each lamp, but the irradiation amount of active rays is usually in the range of 50 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably in the range of 50 to 300 mJ / cm 2 . In the UV curing treatment, oxygen removal (for example, replacement with an inert gas such as nitrogen purge) can be performed to prevent reaction inhibition by oxygen. The cured state of the surface can be controlled by adjusting the removal amount of the oxygen concentration.

 活性線を照射する際には、フィルムの搬送方向に張力を付与しながら行うことが好ましく、更に好ましくは幅方向にも張力を付与しながら行うことである。付与する張力は30~300N/mが好ましい。張力を付与する方法は特に限定されず、バックローラ上で搬送方向に張力を付与してもよく、テンターにて幅方向、又は2軸方向に張力を付与してもよい。これによって更に平面性の優れたフィルムを得ることができる。 When irradiating actinic rays, it is preferably performed while applying tension in the transport direction of the film, more preferably while applying tension in the width direction. The tension to be applied is preferably 30 to 300 N / m. The method for applying tension is not particularly limited, and tension may be applied in the conveying direction on the back roller, or tension may be applied in the width direction or biaxial direction by a tenter. Thereby, a film having further excellent flatness can be obtained.

 光学フィルム上に、硬化層は少なくとも一層有れば良く、複数層からなっていても良い。また、光学フィルムの両面に硬化層があってもよい。 There may be at least one cured layer on the optical film, and it may be composed of a plurality of layers. Moreover, there may be a cured layer on both sides of the optical film.

 (バックコート層)
 光学フィルムの硬化層を設けた側と反対側の面に、バックコート層を設けても良い。バックコート層は、塗布やCVDなどによって、硬化層やその他の層を設けることで生じるカールを矯正する為に設けられる。即ち、バックコート層を設けた面を内側にして丸まろうとする性質を持たせることにより、カールの度合いをバランスさせることができる。なお、バックコート層は、好ましくはブロッキング防止層を兼ねて塗設されることも好ましく、その場合、バックコート層塗布組成物には、ブロッキング防止機能を持たせる為に微粒子が添加されることが好ましい。
(Back coat layer)
You may provide a backcoat layer in the surface on the opposite side to the side which provided the hardened layer of the optical film. The back coat layer is provided to correct curling caused by providing a hardened layer or other layers by coating or CVD. That is, the degree of curling can be balanced by imparting the property of being rounded with the surface on which the backcoat layer is provided facing inward. In addition, it is also preferable that the back coat layer is preferably applied also as an anti-blocking layer. In that case, fine particles may be added to the back coat layer coating composition to provide an anti-blocking function. preferable.

 バックコート層に添加される微粒子としては、無機化合物の例として、二酸化珪素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成珪酸カルシウム、酸化錫、酸化インジウム、酸化亜鉛、ITO、水和珪酸カルシウム、珪酸アルミニウム、珪酸マグネシウム及びリン酸カルシウムを挙げることができる。微粒子は珪素を含むものが、ヘイズが低くなる点で好ましく、特に二酸化珪素が好ましい。これらの微粒子は、例えば、アエロジルR972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、TT600(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)の商品名で市販されており、使用することができる。酸化ジルコニウムの微粒子は、例えば、アエロジルR976及びR811(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)の商品名で市販されており、使用することができる。ポリマー微粒子の例として、シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂及びアクリル樹脂を挙げることができる。シリコーン樹脂が好ましく、特に三次元の網状構造を有するものが好ましく、例えば、トスパール103、同105、同108、同120、同145、同3120及び同240(以上東芝シリコーン(株)製)の商品名で市販されており、使用することができる。 As fine particles added to the backcoat layer, examples of inorganic compounds include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, tin oxide, and oxide. Mention may be made of indium, zinc oxide, ITO, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. Fine particles containing silicon are preferable in terms of low haze, and silicon dioxide is particularly preferable. These fine particles are commercially available under the trade names of, for example, Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, and TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.). . Zirconium oxide fine particles are commercially available, for example, under the trade names Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) and can be used. Examples of the polymer fine particles include a silicone resin, a fluororesin, and an acrylic resin. Silicone resins are preferable, and those having a three-dimensional network structure are particularly preferable. For example, Tospearl 103, 105, 108, 120, 145, 3120, and 240 (manufactured by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) It is marketed by name and can be used.

 これらの中でも、アエロジル200V、アエロジルR972Vが、ヘイズを低く保ちながら、ブロッキング防止効果が大きい為、特に好ましく用いられる。本実施形態で用いられる光学フィルムの裏面側の動摩擦係数が0.9以下、特に0.1~0.9であることが好ましい。 Among these, Aerosil 200V and Aerosil R972V are particularly preferably used because they have a large anti-blocking effect while keeping haze low. The dynamic friction coefficient on the back side of the optical film used in this embodiment is preferably 0.9 or less, particularly preferably 0.1 to 0.9.

 バックコート層に含まれる微粒子は、バインダーに対して0.1~50質量%含まれていることが好ましく、0.1~10質量%含まれていることがより好ましい。バックコート層を設けた場合のヘイズの増加は、1%以下であることが好ましく、0.5%以下であることがより好ましく、特に0.0~0.1%であることが好ましい。 The fine particles contained in the backcoat layer are preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 50% by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by weight, based on the binder. The increase in haze when the backcoat layer is provided is preferably 1% or less, more preferably 0.5% or less, and particularly preferably 0.0 to 0.1%.

 バックコート層は、具体的には、透明樹脂フィルム(フィルム基材)を溶解させる溶媒または膨潤させる溶媒を含む組成物を塗布することによって形成されることが好ましい。用いる溶媒としては、溶解させる溶媒及び/または膨潤させる溶媒の混合物の他更に溶解させない溶媒を含む場合もあり、これらを透明樹脂フィルムのカール度合や樹脂の種類によって適宜の割合で混合した組成物及び塗布量で形成すればよい。 Specifically, the backcoat layer is preferably formed by applying a composition containing a solvent that dissolves or swells the transparent resin film (film substrate). The solvent to be used may include a solvent to be dissolved and / or a solvent to be swollen in addition to a solvent to be swelled, a composition in which these are mixed at an appropriate ratio depending on the degree of curl of the transparent resin film and the type of resin What is necessary is just to form by the application quantity.

 カール防止機能を強めたい場合は、用いる溶媒組成を溶解させる溶媒及び/または膨潤させる溶媒の混合比率を大きくし、溶解させない溶媒の比率を小さくするのが効果的である。この混合比率は、好ましくは(溶解させる溶媒及び/または膨潤させる溶媒):(溶解させない溶媒)=10:0~0.3:9.7である。このような混合組成物に含まれる、透明樹脂フィルムを溶解または膨潤させる溶媒としては、例えば、ジオキサン、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、シクロヘキサン、ジアセトンアルコール、1,3-ジオキソラン、N-メチルピロリドン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、炭酸プロピレン、シクロペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、テトラヒドロフラン、乳酸エチル、ビス(2-メトキシエチル)エーテル、酢酸2-メトキシエチル、プロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、トリクロロエチレン、メチレンクロライド、エチレンクロライド、テトラクロロエタン、トリクロロエタン、クロロホルムなどがある。溶解させない溶媒としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、n-ブタノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、或いは炭化水素類(トルエン、キシレン、シクロヘキサノール)などがある。 In order to enhance the curl prevention function, it is effective to increase the mixing ratio of the solvent for dissolving the solvent composition to be used and / or the solvent for swelling, and to decrease the ratio of the solvent not to be dissolved. This mixing ratio is preferably (solvent to be dissolved and / or solvent to be swollen) :( solvent to be dissolved) = 10: 0 to 0.3: 9.7. Examples of the solvent for dissolving or swelling the transparent resin film contained in such a mixed composition include dioxane, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, N, N-dimethylformamide, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, cyclohexane, diacetone alcohol, 1 , 3-dioxolane, N-methylpyrrolidone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene carbonate, cyclopentanone, 3-pentanone, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl lactate, bis (2-methoxyethyl) ether, acetic acid 2 -Methoxyethyl, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, trichloroethylene, methylene chloride, ethylene chloride, tetrachloroethane, trichloroethane, chloroform and the like. Examples of the solvent that does not dissolve include methanol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, n-butanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and hydrocarbons (toluene, xylene, cyclohexanol).

 これらの塗布組成物をグラビアコーター、ディップコーター、リバースコーター、ワイヤーバーコーター、ダイコーター等を用いて透明樹脂フィルムの表面にウェット膜厚1~100μmで塗布するのが好ましいが、特に5~30μmであることが好ましい。バックコート層はバインダーとして樹脂を含有しても良い。バックコート層のバインダーとして用いられる樹脂としては、例えば塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体、塩化ビニル樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、酢酸ビニルとビニルアルコールの共重合体、部分加水分解した塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体、塩化ビニル-塩化ビニリデン共重合体、塩化ビニル-アクリロニトリル共重合体、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、塩素化ポリ塩化ビニル、エチレン-塩化ビニル共重合体、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体等のビニル系重合体或いは共重合体、ニトロセルロース、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(好ましくはアセチル基置換度1.8~2.3、プロピオニル基置換度0.1~1.0)、ジアセチルセルロース、セルロースアセテートブチレート樹脂等のセルロース誘導体、マレイン酸及び/またはアクリル酸の共重合体、アクリル酸エステル共重合体、アクリロニトリル-スチレン共重合体、塩素化ポリエチレン、アクリロニトリル-塩素化ポリエチレン-スチレン共重合体、メチルメタクリレート-ブタジエン-スチレン共重合体、アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂、ポリエステルポリウレタン樹脂、ポリエーテルポリウレタン樹脂、ポリカーボネートポリウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アミノ樹脂、スチレン-ブタジエン樹脂、ブタジエン-アクリロニトリル樹脂等のゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、フッ素系樹脂等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。例えば、アクリル樹脂としては、アクリペットMD、VH、MF、V(三菱レイヨン(株)製)、ハイパールM-4003、M-4005、M-4006、M-4202、M-5000、M-5001、M-4501(根上工業株式会社製)、ダイヤナールBR-50、BR-52、BR-53、BR-60、BR-64、BR-73、BR-75、BR-77、BR-79、BR-80、BR-82、BR-83、BR-85、BR-87、BR-88、BR-90、BR-93、BR-95、BR-100、BR-101、BR-102、BR-105、BR-106、BR-107、BR-108、BR-112、BR-113、BR-115、BR-116、BR-117、BR-118等(三菱レイヨン(株)製)のアクリル及びメタクリル系モノマーを原料として製造した各種ホモポリマー並びにコポリマーなどが市販されており、この中から好ましいものを適宜選択することもできる。好ましくは、ジアセチルセルロース、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートのようなセルロース系樹脂層である。 These coating compositions are preferably applied on the surface of the transparent resin film with a gravure coater, dip coater, reverse coater, wire bar coater, die coater, etc., with a wet film thickness of 1 to 100 μm, particularly 5 to 30 μm. Preferably there is. The back coat layer may contain a resin as a binder. Examples of the resin used as the binder for the backcoat layer include vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, vinyl chloride resin, vinyl acetate resin, vinyl acetate-vinyl alcohol copolymer, partially hydrolyzed vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer. Polymer, vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer, vinyl chloride-acrylonitrile copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, chlorinated polyvinyl chloride, ethylene-vinyl chloride copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, etc. Vinyl polymer or copolymer, nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate propionate (preferably acetyl group substitution degree 1.8-2.3, propionyl group substitution degree 0.1-1.0), diacetylcellulose, cellulose Cellulose derivatives such as acetate butyrate resin, maleic acid and / or Or acrylic acid copolymer, acrylic ester copolymer, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, acrylonitrile-chlorinated polyethylene-styrene copolymer, methyl methacrylate-butadiene-styrene copolymer, acrylic resin Rubber resins such as polyvinyl acetal resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyester polyurethane resin, polyether polyurethane resin, polycarbonate polyurethane resin, polyester resin, polyether resin, polyamide resin, amino resin, styrene-butadiene resin, butadiene-acrylonitrile resin, Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, silicone resins and fluorine resins. For example, as acrylic resins, Acrypet MD, VH, MF, V (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Hyperl M-4003, M-4005, M-4006, M-4202, M-5000, M-5001, M-4501 (manufactured by Negami Kogyo Co., Ltd.), Dialnal BR-50, BR-52, BR-53, BR-60, BR-64, BR-73, BR-75, BR-77, BR-79, BR -80, BR-82, BR-83, BR-85, BR-87, BR-88, BR-90, BR-93, BR-95, BR-100, BR-101, BR-102, BR-105 BR-106, BR-107, BR-108, BR-112, BR-113, BR-115, BR-116, BR-117, BR-118, etc. (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.) acrylic and The methacrylic monomers such as various homopolymers and copolymers were prepared as raw materials are commercially available and can also be selected as appropriate preferred from among these. A cellulose resin layer such as diacetyl cellulose or cellulose acetate propionate is preferable.

 バックコート層を塗設する順番は、光学フィルムのバックコート層とは反対側の硬化層を塗設する前でも後でも構わないが、バックコート層がブロッキング防止層を兼ねる場合は先に塗設することが望ましい。或いは硬化層の塗設の前後に2回以上に分けてバックコート層を塗布することもできる。 The order of coating the backcoat layer may be before or after coating the cured layer on the side opposite to the backcoat layer of the optical film, but if the backcoat layer also serves as an anti-blocking layer, coat it first. It is desirable to do. Alternatively, the back coat layer can be applied twice or more before and after the coating of the hardened layer.

 〔光学フィルム特性〕
 (表面形状)
 硬化層の算術平均粗さRa(JIS B0601:2001)は、2~100nmの範囲内が好ましく、特に好ましくは2~20nmの範囲内である。前記範囲の算術平均粗さRaとすることで、視認性やクリア性に優れる。算術平均粗さRaは、JIS B0601:2001に準じて光学干渉式表面粗さ計(ZYGO社製、NewView)で測定した値である。
[Optical film characteristics]
(Surface shape)
The arithmetic average roughness Ra (JIS B0601: 2001) of the hardened layer is preferably in the range of 2 to 100 nm, particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 20 nm. By setting the arithmetic average roughness Ra within the above range, the visibility and the clearness are excellent. The arithmetic average roughness Ra is a value measured with an optical interference surface roughness meter (manufactured by ZYGO, NewView) according to JIS B0601: 2001.

 (ヘイズ)
 光学フィルムのヘイズは、画像表示装置に用いた場合の視認性から0.05%~10%の範囲内であることが好ましい。ヘイズは、JIS K7105及びJIS K7136に準じて測定できる。
(Haze)
The haze of the optical film is preferably in the range of 0.05% to 10% in view of visibility when used in an image display device. Haze can be measured according to JIS K7105 and JIS K7136.

 (硬度)
 光学フィルムの硬度については、硬度の指標である鉛筆硬度がHB以上であることが好ましい。鉛筆硬度がHB以上であれば、偏光板化工程で、傷が付きにくい。鉛筆硬度は、作製した光学フィルムを温度23℃、相対湿度55%の条件で2時間以上調湿した後、加重500g条件でJIS S 6006が規定する試験用鉛筆を用いて、硬化層をJIS K5400が規定する鉛筆硬度評価方法に従い測定した値である。
(hardness)
About the hardness of an optical film, it is preferable that the pencil hardness which is a parameter | index of hardness is HB or more. If the pencil hardness is equal to or higher than HB, it is difficult to be damaged in the polarizing plate forming step. For pencil hardness, the cured optical layer was conditioned at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% for 2 hours or more, and then the cured layer was JIS K5400 using a test pencil specified by JIS S 6006 under a load of 500 g. Is a value measured in accordance with the pencil hardness evaluation method defined by.

 〔セルロースエステルフィルム基材(以下、フィルム基材ともいう)〕
 フィルム基材は、セルロースエステルを主成分とする。例えば、セルロースジアセテートフィルム、セルローストリアセテートフィルム、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートフィルム、セルロースアセテートブチレートフィルムが挙げられる。
[Cellulose ester film substrate (hereinafter also referred to as film substrate)]
A film base material has a cellulose ester as a main component. Examples thereof include a cellulose diacetate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a cellulose acetate propionate film, and a cellulose acetate butyrate film.

 セルロースエステルフィルムの市販品としては、例えばコニカミノルタタックKC8UX、KC4UX、KC8UY、KC4UY、KC6UA、KC4UA、KC2UA、KC4UE及びKC4UZ(以上、コニカミノルタ(株)製)が挙げられる。セルロースエステルフィルムの屈折率は1.45~1.55であることが好ましい。屈折率は、JIS K7142-2008に準じて測定することができる。 Examples of commercially available cellulose ester films include Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC4UX, KC8UY, KC4UAY, KC6UA, KC4UA, KC2UA, KC4UE and KC4UZ (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.). The refractive index of the cellulose ester film is preferably 1.45 to 1.55. The refractive index can be measured according to JIS K7142-2008.

 (セルロースエステル樹脂)
 セルロースエステル樹脂(以下、セルロースエステル、セルロース系樹脂ともいう)は、セルロースの低級脂肪酸エステルであることが好ましい。低級脂肪酸とは、炭素原子数が6以下の脂肪酸を意味する。セルロースの低級脂肪酸エステルとしては、例えば、セルロースアセテート、セルロースジアセテート、セルローストリアセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート等や、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート等の混合脂肪酸エステルを用いることができる。特に好ましく用いられるセルロースの低級脂肪酸エステルは、セルロースジアセテート、セルローストリアセテート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートである。これらのセルロースエステルは単独或いは混合して用いることができる。
(Cellulose ester resin)
The cellulose ester resin (hereinafter also referred to as cellulose ester or cellulose resin) is preferably a lower fatty acid ester of cellulose. Lower fatty acid means a fatty acid having 6 or less carbon atoms. Examples of the lower fatty acid ester of cellulose include, for example, cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate and the like, and mixed fatty acid esters such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate. it can. Particularly preferably used lower fatty acid esters of cellulose are cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, and cellulose acetate propionate. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in combination.

 セルロースジアセテートは、平均酢化度(結合酢酸量)51.0%~56.0%のものが好ましく用いられる。市販品としては、(株)ダイセル製のL20、L30、L40、L50、イーストマンケミカルジャパン(株)製のCa398-3、Ca398-6、Ca398-10、Ca398-30、Ca394-60Sが挙げられる。 Cellulose diacetate preferably has an average degree of acetylation (bound acetic acid amount) of 51.0% to 56.0%. Commercially available products include L20, L30, L40, and L50 manufactured by Daicel Corporation, and Ca398-3, Ca398-6, Ca398-10, Ca398-30, and Ca394-60S manufactured by Eastman Chemical Japan Co., Ltd. .

 セルローストリアセテートは、平均酢化度(結合酢酸量)54.0~62.5%のものが好ましく用いられ、更に好ましいのは、平均酢化度が58.0~62.5%のセルローストリアセテートである。 The cellulose triacetate preferably has an average degree of acetylation (bound acetic acid amount) of 54.0 to 62.5%, and more preferably cellulose triacetate having an average degree of acetylation of 58.0 to 62.5%. is there.

 セルローストリアセテートは、セルローストリアセテートAと、セルローストリアセテートBとを含有することが好ましい。セルローストリアセテートAは、数平均分子量(Mn)が125000以上155000未満であり、重量平均分子量(Mw)が265000以上310000未満であり、Mw/Mnが1.9~2.1であるセルローストリアセテートである。セルローストリアセテートBは、アセチル基置換度が2.75~2.90であり、Mnが155000以上180000未満であり、Mwが290000以上360000未満であり、Mw/Mnが1.8~2.0であるセルローストリアセテートである。 The cellulose triacetate preferably contains cellulose triacetate A and cellulose triacetate B. Cellulose triacetate A is a cellulose triacetate having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 125,000 or more and less than 155000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 265,000 or more and less than 310,000, and Mw / Mn of 1.9 to 2.1. . Cellulose triacetate B has an acetyl group substitution degree of 2.75 to 2.90, Mn of 155,000 or more and less than 180,000, Mw of 290000 or more and less than 360,000, and Mw / Mn of 1.8 to 2.0. A cellulose triacetate.

 セルロースアセテートプロピオネートは、炭素原子数2~4のアシル基を置換基として有し、アセチル基の置換度をXとし、プロピオニル基又はブチリル基の置換度をYとしたとき、下記式(I)及び(II)を同時に満たすものであることが好ましい。
 式(I) 2.6≦X+Y≦3.0
 式(II) 0≦X≦2.5
Cellulose acetate propionate has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and when the substitution degree of acetyl group is X and the substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is Y, the following formula (I ) And (II) are preferably satisfied at the same time.
Formula (I) 2.6 ≦ X + Y ≦ 3.0
Formula (II) 0 ≦ X ≦ 2.5

 中でも、1.9≦X≦2.5、0.1≦Y≦0.9であることが好ましい。 Among them, it is preferable that 1.9 ≦ X ≦ 2.5 and 0.1 ≦ Y ≦ 0.9.

 上記アシル基の置換度の測定方法は、ASTM-D817-96に準じて測定することができる。セルロースエステルの数平均分子量(Mn)及び分子量分布(Mw)は、高速液体クロマトグラフィーを用いて測定できる。測定条件は以下の通りである。
 溶媒:メチレンクロライド
 カラム:Shodex K806、K805、K803G
(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
 カラム温度:25℃
 試料濃度:0.1質量%
 検出器:RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
 ポンプ:L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
 流量:1.0ml/min
 校正曲線:標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)
製)Mw=1000000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。
The method for measuring the substitution degree of the acyl group can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96. The number average molecular weight (Mn) and molecular weight distribution (Mw) of the cellulose ester can be measured using high performance liquid chromatography. The measurement conditions are as follows.
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G
(Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (GL Science Co., Ltd.)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (Tosoh Corporation)
A calibration curve with 13 samples from Mw = 1000000 to 500 was used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.

 (熱可塑性アクリル樹脂)
 フィルム基材は、セルロースエステル樹脂に熱可塑性アクリル樹脂を併用して構成されても良い。併用する場合には、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂の含有質量比が、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂:セルロースエステル樹脂=95:5~50:50であることが好ましい。
(Thermoplastic acrylic resin)
The film substrate may be configured by using a thermoplastic acrylic resin in combination with a cellulose ester resin. When used in combination, the mass ratio of the thermoplastic acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is preferably thermoplastic acrylic resin: cellulose ester resin = 95: 5 to 50:50.

 アクリル樹脂には、メタクリル樹脂も含まれる。アクリル樹脂としては、特に制限されるものではないが、メチルメタクリレート単位50~99質量%、及びこれと共重合可能な他の単量体単位1~50質量%からなるものが好ましい。共重合可能な他の単量体としては、アルキル数の炭素数が2~18のアルキルメタクリレート、アルキル数の炭素数が
1~18のアルキルアクリレート、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等のα,β-不飽和酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和基含有二価カルボン酸、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のα,β-不飽和ニトリル、無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、グルタル酸無水物等が挙げられ、これらは単独あるいは2種以上を併用してよい。
Acrylic resin also includes methacrylic resin. The acrylic resin is not particularly limited but is preferably composed of 50 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate units and 1 to 50% by mass of other monomer units copolymerizable therewith. Examples of other copolymerizable monomers include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as saturated acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, α, β-unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, Examples thereof include maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 これらの中でも共重合体の耐熱分解性や流動性の観点から、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、n-プロピルアクリレート、n-ブチルアクリレート、s-ブチルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート等が好ましく、メチルアクリレートやn-ブチルアクリレートが特に好ましく用いられる。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は80000~500000であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは110000~500000の範囲内である。 Of these, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of thermal decomposition resistance and fluidity of the copolymer. -Butyl acrylate is particularly preferably used. Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 80,000 to 500,000, more preferably 110,000 to 500,000.

 アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより測定することができる。アクリル樹脂の市販品としては、例えばデルペット60N、80N(旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製)、ダイヤナールBR52、BR80,BR83,BR85,BR88(三菱レイヨン(株)製)、KT75(電気化学工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。アクリル樹脂は2種以上を併用することもできる。 The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin can be measured by gel permeation chromatography. Commercially available acrylic resins include, for example, Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Electrochemical Industry Co., Ltd.) )) And the like. Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination.

 (λ/4フィルム)
 セルロースエステルフィルム基材として、λ/4フィルムを用いても良い。λ/4フィルムを用いることで、画像表示装置に本実施形態の光学フィルムを組み入れた場合、視認性に優れるばかりか、クロストークにも優れる点から好ましい。
(Λ / 4 film)
A λ / 4 film may be used as the cellulose ester film substrate. By using the λ / 4 film, when the optical film of the present embodiment is incorporated in an image display device, it is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent visibility and crosstalk.

 λ/4フィルムとは、所定の光の波長(通常、可視光領域)に対して、フィルムの面内位相差が約1/4となるフィルムをいう。λ/4フィルムは、可視光の波長の範囲においてほぼ完全な円偏光を得るため、可視光の波長の範囲において概ね波長の1/4の位相差を有する広帯域λ/4フィルムであることが好ましい。 A λ / 4 film refers to a film having an in-plane retardation of the film of about ¼ with respect to a predetermined light wavelength (usually in the visible light region). The λ / 4 film is preferably a broadband λ / 4 film having a phase difference of approximately ¼ of the wavelength in the visible light wavelength range in order to obtain almost perfect circularly polarized light in the visible light wavelength range. .

 λ/4フィルムは、波長550nmで測定した面内リタデーション値Ro(550)が、60nm以上220nm以下の範囲にあることが好ましく、80nm以上200nm以下の範囲であることがより好ましく、90nm以上190nm以下の範囲であることがさらに好ましい。なお、面内リタデーション値Roは、以下の式で表される。
 Ro=(nx-ny)×d
 ただし、式中、nx、nyは、23℃55%RH、波長550nmにおける屈折率のうち、フィルムの面内で最大の屈折率(遅相軸方向の屈折率ともいう)、およびフィルム面内で遅相軸に直交する方向の屈折率であり、dはフィルムの厚み(nm)である。Roは、自動複屈折率計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(株)製)を用いて、23℃、55%RHの環境下で、各波長での複屈折率測定により算出することができる。
The λ / 4 film has an in-plane retardation value Ro (550) measured at a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably in the range of 60 nm to 220 nm, more preferably in the range of 80 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably in the range of 90 nm to 190 nm. More preferably, it is the range. The in-plane retardation value Ro is represented by the following formula.
Ro = (nx−ny) × d
However, in the formula, nx and ny are the maximum refractive index in the plane of the film (also referred to as the refractive index in the slow axis direction) out of the refractive index at 23 ° C. and 55% RH and the wavelength of 550 nm, and in the plane of the film. It is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis, and d is the thickness (nm) of the film. Ro can be calculated by measuring the birefringence at each wavelength in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).

 さらに、λ/4フィルムとして有効に機能するためには、同時に、Ro(590)-Ro(450)≧2nmの関係を満足することが好ましく、Ro(590)-Ro(450)≧5nmであることがより好ましく、Ro(590)-Ro(450)≧10nmであることがさらに好ましい。なお、Ro(A)は、波長Anmで測定した面内リタデーション値を指す。 Furthermore, in order to function effectively as a λ / 4 film, it is preferable that the relationship of Ro (590) −Ro (450) ≧ 2 nm is satisfied at the same time, and Ro (590) −Ro (450) ≧ 5 nm. More preferably, Ro (590) −Ro (450) ≧ 10 nm is more preferable. Note that Ro (A) indicates an in-plane retardation value measured at a wavelength of Anm.

 λ/4フィルムの遅相軸と後述する偏光子の透過軸との角度が実質的に45°になるように積層すると円偏光板が得られる。実質的に45°とは、30°~60°の範囲、より望ましくは40°~50°の範囲であることを意味する。λ/4フィルムの面内の遅相軸と偏光子の透過軸との角度は、41~49°であることが好ましく、42~48°であることがより好ましく、43~47°であることがより一層好ましく、44~46°であることがさらに好ましい。 A circularly polarizing plate is obtained by laminating so that the angle between the slow axis of the λ / 4 film and the transmission axis of the polarizer described later is substantially 45 °. Substantially 45 ° means in the range of 30 ° to 60 °, more preferably in the range of 40 ° to 50 °. The angle between the in-plane slow axis of the λ / 4 film and the transmission axis of the polarizer is preferably 41 to 49 °, more preferably 42 to 48 °, and 43 to 47 °. Is more preferably 44 to 46 °.

 λ/4フィルムとしては、光学的に透明な樹脂であれば特に限定はなく、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、シクロオレフィン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリ乳酸系樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、前述したセルロース系樹脂などを用いることができる。中でも、耐薬品性の観点から、λ/4フィルムは、セルロース系樹脂またはポリカーボネート系樹脂であることが好ましい。また、耐熱性の観点から、λ/4フィルムは、セルロース系樹脂であることが好ましい。 The λ / 4 film is not particularly limited as long as it is an optically transparent resin. For example, an acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, a cycloolefin resin, a polyester resin, a polylactic acid resin, a polyvinyl alcohol resin, The cellulose-based resin described above can be used. Among these, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the λ / 4 film is preferably a cellulose resin or a polycarbonate resin. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the λ / 4 film is preferably a cellulose resin.

 (リタデーション調整剤)
 λ/4のリタデーション調整は、前述したフィルム基材に以下のリタデーション調整剤を添加することで行うことができる。リタデーション調整剤としては、欧州特許911,656A2号明細書に記載されているような、二つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族化合物を使用することができる。
(Retardation adjuster)
The retardation adjustment of λ / 4 can be performed by adding the following retardation adjusting agent to the above-described film base material. As the retardation adjusting agent, an aromatic compound having two or more aromatic rings as described in the specification of European Patent 911,656A2 can be used.

 また、2種類以上の芳香族化合物を併用してもよい。該芳香族化合物の芳香族環には、芳香族炭化水素環に加えて、芳香族性ヘテロ環が含まれる。芳香族性ヘテロ環であることが特に好ましく、芳香族性ヘテロ環は一般に、不飽和ヘテロ環である。中でも1,3,5-トリアジン環が特に好ましい。 Two or more aromatic compounds may be used in combination. The aromatic ring of the aromatic compound includes an aromatic heterocycle in addition to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Particularly preferred is an aromatic heterocycle, and the aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferred.

 (微粒子)
 セルロースエステルフィルム基材には、取扱性を向上させるため、例えばアクリル粒子、二酸化ケイ素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム、リン酸カルシウム等の無機微粒子や架橋高分子などのマット剤を含有させることが好ましい。また、アクリル粒子は、特に限定されるものではないが、多層構造アクリル系粒状複合体であることが好ましい。これらの中でも二酸化ケイ素がフィルム基材のヘイズを小さくできる点で好ましい。微粒子の1次平均粒子径としては、20nm以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは、5~16nmの範囲内であり、特に好ましくは、5~12nmの範囲内である。
(Fine particles)
Cellulose ester film base materials have, for example, acrylic particles, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, It is preferable to contain matting agents such as inorganic fine particles such as aluminum oxide, magnesium silicate, and calcium phosphate, and a crosslinked polymer. The acrylic particles are not particularly limited, but are preferably multi-layered acrylic granular composites. Among these, silicon dioxide is preferable in that the haze of the film substrate can be reduced. The primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably in the range of 5 to 16 nm, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 12 nm.

 (エステル化合物)
 セルロースエステルフィルム基材は、環境変化での寸法安定性の観点から、下記一般式(X)で表されるエステル化合物又は糖エステルを含有することが好ましい。先ずは、一般式(X)で表されるエステル化合物について説明する。
(Ester compound)
It is preferable that a cellulose-ester film base material contains the ester compound or sugar ester represented by the following general formula (X) from a viewpoint of the dimensional stability by an environmental change. First, the ester compound represented by the general formula (X) will be described.

 一般式(X)B-(G-A)n-G-B
(式中、Bはヒドロキシ基又はカルボン酸残基、Gは炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基、Aは炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。)
Formula (X) B- (GA) n-GB
Wherein B is a hydroxy group or carboxylic acid residue, G is an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.)

 一般式(X)において、炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール成分としては、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、2-メチル1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(ネオペンチルグリコール)、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールペンタン)、2-n-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン)、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、1,12-オクタデカンジオール等があり、これらのグリコールは、1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用される。特に炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコールがセルロースアセテートとの相溶性に優れているため、特に好ましい。炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール成分としては、例えば、ハイドロキノン、レゾルシン、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールF、ビスフェノール等があり、これらのグリコールは1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用できる。 In the general formula (X), the alkylene glycol component having 2 to 12 carbon atoms includes ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol), 2 , 2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolheptane), 3-methyl- 1,5-pentanediol 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl 1 There are 3-hexanediol, 2-methyl 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, and the like. Used as a mixture. In particular, alkylene glycols having 2 to 12 carbon atoms are particularly preferable because of excellent compatibility with cellulose acetate. Examples of the aryl glycol component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include hydroquinone, resorcin, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol and the like, and these glycols can be used as one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.

 また、炭素数4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール成分としては、例えば、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール等があり、これらのグリコールは、1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用できる。炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸成分としては、例えば、コハク酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、ドデカンジカルボン酸等があり、これらは、それぞれ1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用される。炭素数6~12のアリーレンジカルボン酸成分としては、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、1,5ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,4ナフタレンジカルボン酸等がある。以下に、一般式(X)で表される化合物の具体例(化合物X-1~化合物X-17)を示すが、これに限定されない。 Examples of the oxyalkylene glycol component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol. These glycols may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Can be used as a mixture. Examples of the alkylene dicarboxylic acid component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, and the like. Used as a mixture of two or more. Examples of the arylene dicarboxylic acid component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5 naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, and 1,4 naphthalene dicarboxylic acid. Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (X) (compound X-1 to compound X-17) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 (糖エステル化合物)
 次に糖エステル化合物について説明する。糖エステル化合物としては、セルロースエステル以外のエステルであって、下記単糖、二糖、三糖又はオリゴ糖などの糖のOH基のすべてもしくは一部をエステル化した化合物である。糖としては例えば、グルコース、ガラクトース、マンノース、フルクトース、キシロース、アラビノース、ラクトース、スクロース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、スタキオース、マルチトール、ラクチトール、ラクチュロース、セロビオース、マルトース、セロトリオース、マルトトリオース、ラフィノース及びケストースを挙げることができる。このほか、ゲンチオビオース、ゲンチオトリオース、ゲンチオテトラオース、キシロトリオース、ガラクトシルスクロースなども挙げられる。これらの化合物の中で、特にフラノース構造及び/又はピラノース構造を有する化合物が好ましい。これらの中でも、スクロース、ケストース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、スタキオースなどが好ましく、さらに好ましくは、スクロースである。また、オリゴ糖として、マルトオリゴ糖、イソマルトオリゴ糖、フラクトオリゴ糖、ガラクトオリゴ糖、キシロオリゴ糖も好ましく使用することができる。
(Sugar ester compound)
Next, the sugar ester compound will be described. The sugar ester compound is an ester other than cellulose ester, and is a compound obtained by esterifying all or part of the OH group of a sugar such as the following monosaccharide, disaccharide, trisaccharide or oligosaccharide. Examples of the sugar include glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, arabinose, lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose And kestose. In addition, gentiobiose, gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, galactosyl sucrose, and the like are also included. Among these compounds, compounds having a furanose structure and / or a pyranose structure are particularly preferable. Among these, sucrose, kestose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose and the like are preferable, and sucrose is more preferable. As oligosaccharides, maltooligosaccharides, isomaltooligosaccharides, fructooligosaccharides, galactooligosaccharides, and xylo-oligosaccharides can also be preferably used.

 糖をエステル化するのに用いられるモノカルボン酸は、特に制限はなく、公知の脂肪族モノカルボン酸、脂環族モノカルボン酸、芳香族モノカルボン酸等を用いることができる。使用するカルボン酸は1種類でもよいし、2種以上の混合であってもよい。好ましい脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、イソ酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、2-エチルーヘキサンカルボン酸、ウンデシル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデシル酸、ミリスチン酸、ペンタデシル酸、パルミチン酸、ヘプタデシル酸、ステアリン酸、ノナデカン酸、アラキン酸、べヘン酸、リグノセリン酸、セロチン酸、ヘプタコサン酸、モンタン酸、メリシン酸、ラクセル酸等の飽和脂肪酸、ウンデシレン酸、オレイン酸、ソルビン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸、オクテン酸等の不飽和脂肪酸等を挙げることができる。好ましい脂環族モノカルボン酸の例としては、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。好ましい芳香族モノカルボン酸の例としては、安息香酸、安息香酸のベンゼン環にアルキル基、アルコキシ基を導入した芳香族モノカルボン酸、ケイ皮酸、ベンジル酸、ビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタリンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸等のベンゼン環を2個以上有する芳香族モノカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができ、より具体的には、キシリル酸、ヘメリト酸、メシチレン酸、プレーニチル酸、γ-イソジュリル酸、ジュリル酸、メシト酸、α-イソジュリル酸、クミン酸、α-トルイル酸、ヒドロアトロパ酸、アトロパ酸、ヒドロケイ皮酸、サリチル酸、o-、m、p-アニス酸、クレオソート酸、o-、m、p-ホモサリチル酸、o-ピロカテク酸、β-レソルシル酸、バニリン酸、イソバニリン酸、ベラトルム酸、o-ベラトルム酸、没食子酸、アサロン酸、マンデル酸、ホモアニス酸、ホモバニリン酸、ホモベラトルム酸、o-ホモベラトルム酸、フタロン酸、p-クマル酸を挙げることができるが、特に安息香酸が好ましい。エステル化したエステル化合物の中では、エステル化によりアセチル基が導入されたアセチル化合物が好ましい。 The monocarboxylic acid used for esterifying the sugar is not particularly limited, and known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid and the like can be used. The carboxylic acid to be used may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid , Saturated fatty acids such as tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laxelic acid And unsaturated fatty acids such as undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid and octenoic acid. Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof. Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acids having an alkyl group or alkoxy group introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, benzylic acid, biphenylcarboxylic acid, naphthalenecarboxylic acid, tetralin An aromatic monocarboxylic acid having two or more benzene rings such as carboxylic acid, or a derivative thereof can be mentioned, and more specifically, xylic acid, hemelic acid, mesitylene acid, planicylic acid, γ-isojurylic acid, Julylic acid, mesitic acid, α-isoduric acid, cumic acid, α-toluic acid, hydroatropic acid, atropic acid, hydrocinnamic acid, salicylic acid, o-, m, p-anisic acid, creosote acid, o-, m, p-homosalicylic acid, o-pyrocatechuic acid, β-resorcylic acid, vanillic acid, isovanillic acid, veratrum acid o- veratric acid, gallic acid, asarone acid, mandelic acid, homoanisic acid, homovanillic acid, homoveratric acid, o- homoveratric acid, Futaron acid, can be mentioned p- coumaric acid, especially benzoic acid. Among the ester compounds esterified, an acetyl compound into which an acetyl group has been introduced by esterification is preferable.

 一般式(X)で表わされるエステル化合物又は糖エステル化合物は、セルロースアセテートフィルムに、1~30質量%含有させることが好ましく、5~25質量%含有させることがより好ましく、5~20質量%含有させることが特に好ましい。 The ester compound or sugar ester compound represented by the general formula (X) is preferably contained in the cellulose acetate film in an amount of 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 25% by mass. It is particularly preferred that

 (可塑剤)
 セルロースエステルフィルム基材は、必要に応じて可塑剤を含有しても良い。可塑剤としては、特に限定されないが、多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤、グリコレート系可塑剤、フタル酸エステル系可塑剤、リン酸エステル系可塑剤、多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤、アクリル系可塑剤等が挙げられる。これらの中では、後述するリタデーション値にセルロースエステルフィルムを制御しやすい点から、アクリル系可塑剤が好ましい。
(Plasticizer)
The cellulose ester film substrate may contain a plasticizer as necessary. The plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is a polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer, glycolate plasticizer, phthalate ester plasticizer, phosphate ester plasticizer, polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, acrylic plasticizer. Agents and the like. In these, an acrylic plasticizer is preferable from the viewpoint of easily controlling the cellulose ester film to the retardation value described later.

 多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤は、2価以上の脂肪族多価アルコールとモノカルボン酸のエステルよりなる可塑剤であり、分子内に芳香環又はシクロアルキル環を有することが好ましい。好ましくは2~20価の脂肪族多価アルコールエステルである。 The polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is a plasticizer composed of an ester of a divalent or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, and preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule. A divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyhydric alcohol ester is preferred.

 なお、本実施形態のセルロースエステルフィルム基材に、上述した可塑剤を含有させる場合、セルロースアセテートに対し、1~50質量%含有させることが好ましく、5~35質量%含有させることがより好ましく、5~25質量%含有させることが特に好ましい。 When the above-described plasticizer is contained in the cellulose ester film substrate of the present embodiment, it is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 35% by mass, based on cellulose acetate. The content of 5 to 25% by mass is particularly preferable.

 (紫外線吸収剤)
 本実施形態のセルロースエステルフィルム基材は、紫外線吸収剤を含有していてもよい。紫外線吸収剤は400nm以下の紫外線を吸収するため、耐久性を向上させるができる。紫外線吸収剤は、特に波長370nmでの透過率が10%以下となるものであることが好ましく、より好ましくは上記透過率が5%以下、更に好ましくは2%以下である。紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては特に限定されないが、例えば、オキシベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物、無機粉体等が挙げられる。
(UV absorber)
The cellulose ester film substrate of this embodiment may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Since the ultraviolet absorber absorbs ultraviolet rays of 400 nm or less, durability can be improved. In particular, the ultraviolet absorber preferably has a transmittance of 10% or less at a wavelength of 370 nm, more preferably 5% or less, and still more preferably 2% or less. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber are not particularly limited. For example, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, triazine compounds, nickel complex salts, inorganic powders. Examples include the body.

 より具体的には、例えば、5-クロロ-2-(3,5-ジ-sec-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、(2-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)-4-メチルフェノール、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン、2,4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン等を用いることができる。これらは、市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、BASFジャパン社製のチヌビン109、チヌビン171、チヌビン234、チヌビン326、チヌビン327、チヌビン328等のチヌビン類を好ましく使用できる。 More specifically, for example, 5-chloro-2- (3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6 -(Linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, and the like can be used. Commercially available products may be used. For example, TINUVIN such as TINUVIN 109, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 234, TINUVIN 326, TINUVIN 327, and TINUVIN 328 manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. can be preferably used.

 好ましく用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤であり、特に好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤などである。この他、1,3,5トリアジン環を有する化合物等の円盤状化合物も紫外線吸収剤として好ましく用いられる。また、紫外線吸収剤としては高分子紫外線吸収剤も好ましく用いることができ、特にポリマータイプの紫外線吸収剤が好ましく用いられる。 Preferably used ultraviolet absorbers are benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers, benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers, and triazine ultraviolet absorbers, and particularly preferably benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers and benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers. In addition, a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5 triazine ring is also preferably used as the ultraviolet absorber. As the UV absorber, a polymer UV absorber can be preferably used, and a polymer type UV absorber is particularly preferably used.

 ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤としては、市販品であるBASFジャパン社製のTINUVIN 109(オクチル-3-[3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ―2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートと2-エチルヘキシル-3-[3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ―2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートの混合物)、TINUVIN 928(2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール)などを用いることができる。トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤としては、市販品であるBASFジャパン社製のTINUVIN 400(2-(4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-5-ヒドロキシフェニルとオキシランとの反応生成物)、TINUVIN 460(2,4-ビス[2-ヒドロキシ-4-ブトキシフェニル]-6-(2,4-ジブトキシフェニル)-1,3-5-トリアジン)、TINUVIN 405(2-(2,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス-(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジンと(2-エチルヘキシル)-グリシド酸エステルの反応生成物)などを用いることができる。 As the benzotriazole ultraviolet absorber, TINUVIN 109 (octyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazole-2-) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., which is a commercial product, is available. Yl) phenyl] propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate), TINUVIN 928 (2 -(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6- (1-methyl-1-phenylethyl) -4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol) and the like can be used. As the triazine-based ultraviolet absorber, commercially available TINUVIN 400 (2- (4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.- Reaction product of 5-hydroxyphenyl and oxirane), TINUVIN 460 (2,4-bis [2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl] -6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3-5 Triazine), TINUVIN 405 (2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -4,6-bis- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine and (2-ethylhexyl) -glycidic acid ester Reaction products) and the like.

 紫外線吸収剤の添加方法は、メタノール、エタノール、ブタノール等のアルコールやメチレンクロライド、酢酸メチル、アセトン、ジオキソラン等の有機溶媒あるいはこれらの混合溶媒に紫外線吸収剤を溶解してから、フィルム基材となる樹脂溶液(ドープ)に添加するか、又は直接ドープ組成中に添加してもよい。無機粉体のように有機溶剤に溶解しないものは、有機溶剤とセルロースアセテート中にディゾルバーやサンドミルを使用し、分散してからドープに添加する。 The ultraviolet absorber is added by dissolving the ultraviolet absorber in an alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, butanol or the like, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone, dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof, and then becomes a film substrate. It may be added to the resin solution (dope) or directly during the dope composition. For an inorganic powder that does not dissolve in an organic solvent, a dissolver or a sand mill is used in the organic solvent and cellulose acetate to disperse and then added to the dope.

 紫外線吸収剤の使用量は、セルロースアセテートフィルムに対して0.5~10質量%が好ましく、0.6~4質量%が更に好ましい。 The amount of the ultraviolet absorber used is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.6 to 4% by mass with respect to the cellulose acetate film.

 (酸化防止剤)
 本実施形態のセルロースエステルフィルム基材は、さらに酸化防止剤(劣化防止剤)を含有していてもよい。酸化防止剤は、セルロースアセテートフィルム中の残留溶媒量のハロゲンやリン酸系可塑剤のリン酸等によりセルロースアセテートフィルムが分解するのを遅らせたり、防いだりする役割を有する。酸化防止剤としては、ヒンダードフェノール系の化合物が好ましく用いられ、例えば2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、1,6-ヘキサンジオール-ビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、2,4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルアニリノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,2-チオ-ジエチレンビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、N,N′-ヘキサメチレンビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナマミド)、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、トリス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレート等を挙げることができる。これら化合物の添加量は、セルロースアセテートフィルムに対して、質量割合で1ppm~10000ppmが好ましく、10~1000ppmが更に好ましい。
(Antioxidant)
The cellulose ester film substrate of the present embodiment may further contain an antioxidant (deterioration inhibitor). The antioxidant has a role of delaying or preventing the cellulose acetate film from being decomposed by a residual solvent amount of halogen in the cellulose acetate film, phosphoric acid of a phosphoric acid plasticizer, or the like. As the antioxidant, hindered phenol compounds are preferably used. For example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl) are used. -4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis [3- (3 5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino) -1,3 5-triazine, 2,2-thio-diethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], octadecyl-3- 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, N, N'-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamamide), 1,3 5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, tris- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -isocyanurate Etc. The amount of these compounds added is preferably 1 ppm to 10000 ppm by weight and more preferably 10 to 1000 ppm with respect to the cellulose acetate film.

 (欠点)
 セルロースエステルフィルム基材は、直径5μm以上の欠点が1個/10cm四方以下であることが好ましい。更に好ましくは0.5個/10cm四方以下、一層好ましくは0.1個/10cm四方以下である。ここで欠点の直径とは、欠点が円形の場合はその直径を示し、円形でない場合は欠点の範囲を下記方法により顕微鏡で観察して決定し、その最大径(外接円の直径)とする。
(Disadvantage)
The cellulose ester film substrate preferably has a defect of 5 μm or more in diameter of 1 piece / 10 cm square or less. More preferably, it is 0.5 piece / 10 cm square or less, more preferably 0.1 piece / 10 cm square or less. Here, the diameter of the defect indicates the diameter when the defect is circular, and when the defect is not circular, the range of the defect is determined by observing with a microscope by the following method, and the maximum diameter (diameter of circumscribed circle) is determined.

 欠点の範囲は、欠点が気泡や異物の場合は、欠点を微分干渉顕微鏡の透過光で観察したときの影の大きさである。欠点が、ローラ傷の転写や擦り傷など、表面形状の変化の場合は、欠点を微分干渉顕微鏡の反射光で観察して大きさを確認できる。 The range of the defect is the size of the shadow when the defect is observed with the transmitted light of the differential interference microscope when the defect is a bubble or a foreign object. When the defect is a change in the surface shape such as transfer of a roller scratch or an abrasion, the size can be confirmed by observing the defect with the reflected light of a differential interference microscope.

 欠点の個数が1個/10cm四方より多いと、例えば後工程での加工時などでフィルムに張力がかかると、欠点を基点としてフィルムが破断して生産性が低下する場合がある。また、欠点の直径が5μm以上になると、偏光板観察などにより目視で確認でき、光学部材として用いたとき輝点が生じる場合がある。 When the number of defects is more than 1/10 cm square, for example, when a tension is applied to the film during processing in a later process, the film may be broken with the defect as a starting point and productivity may be reduced. Moreover, when the diameter of a defect becomes 5 micrometers or more, it can confirm visually by polarizing plate observation etc., and when used as an optical member, a bright spot may arise.

 また、目視で確認できない場合でも、硬化層を形成したときに、塗膜が均一に形成できず欠点(塗布抜け)となる場合がある。ここで、欠点とは、溶液製膜の乾燥工程において溶媒の急激な蒸発に起因して発生するフィルム中の空洞(発泡欠点)や、製膜原液中の異物や製膜中に混入する異物に起因するフィルム中の異物(異物欠点)を言う。また、セルロースエステルフィルム基材は、JIS-K7127-1999に準拠した測定において、少なくとも一方向の破断伸度が、10%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは20%以上である。破断伸度の上限は特に限定されるものではないが、現実的には250%程度である。破断伸度を大きくするには異物や発泡に起因するフィルム中の欠点を抑制することが有効である。 Moreover, even when it cannot be visually confirmed, when the cured layer is formed, the coating film may not be formed uniformly, resulting in a defect (missing coating). Here, the defect is a void in the film (foaming defect) generated due to the rapid evaporation of the solvent in the drying process of the solution casting, a foreign matter in the film forming stock solution, or a foreign matter mixed in the film forming. This refers to the foreign matter (foreign matter defect) in the film. In addition, the cellulose ester film base material preferably has a breaking elongation in at least one direction of 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, as measured in accordance with JIS-K7127-1999. The upper limit of the elongation at break is not particularly limited, but is practically about 250%. In order to increase the elongation at break, it is effective to suppress defects in the film caused by foreign matter and foaming.

 (光学特性)
 セルロースエステルフィルム基材は、その全光線透過率が90%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは92%以上である。また、現実的な上限としては、99%程度である。ヘイズ値は2%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは1.5%以下である。全光線透過率、ヘイズ値はJIS K7361及びJIS K7136に準じて測定することができる。
(optical properties)
The cellulose ester film base material preferably has a total light transmittance of 90% or more, more preferably 92% or more. Moreover, as a realistic upper limit, it is about 99%. The haze value is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less. The total light transmittance and haze value can be measured according to JIS K7361 and JIS K7136.

 また、セルロースエステルフィルム基材の面内リタデーション値Roは0~5nm、厚さ方向のリタデーション値Rthが-10~10nmの範囲が好ましい。更にRthは-5~5nmの範囲が好ましくい。或いはレターデーションRoが30~200nmの範囲であることが好ましく、30~90nmの範囲であることが更に好ましい。厚み方向のレターデーションRthは70~300nmの範囲であることが好ましい。 Further, the in-plane retardation value Ro of the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably in the range of 0 to 5 nm, and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction is preferably in the range of −10 to 10 nm. Further, Rth is preferably in the range of -5 to 5 nm. Alternatively, the retardation Ro is preferably in the range of 30 to 200 nm, and more preferably in the range of 30 to 90 nm. The retardation Rth in the thickness direction is preferably in the range of 70 to 300 nm.

 面内リタデーションRo値は下記式(I)に定義され、厚さ方向のリタデーション値Rthは下記式(II)により定義される。
 式(I) Ro=(nx-ny)×d
 式(II) Rth={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d
(式中、nxはフィルム基材の面内の遅相軸方向の屈折率、nyはフィルム基材面内で遅相軸に直交する方向の屈折率、nzはフィルム基材の厚さ方向の屈折率、dはフィルム基材の厚さ(nm)をそれぞれ表す。)
The in-plane retardation Ro value is defined by the following formula (I), and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II).
Formula (I) Ro = (nx−ny) × d
Formula (II) Rth = {(nx + ny) / 2−nz} × d
(Where nx is the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the plane of the film base, ny is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the plane of the film base, and nz is the thickness direction of the film base) (Refractive index, d represents the thickness (nm) of the film substrate, respectively)

 上記リタデーションは、例えばKOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(株)製)を用いて、23℃、55%RH(相対湿度)の環境下で、波長が590nmで求めることができる。 The retardation can be obtained at a wavelength of 590 nm under an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH (relative humidity) using, for example, KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).

 〔セルロースエステルフィルムの製膜〕
 次に、フィルム基材の一例であるセルロースエステルフィルムの製膜方法の例を説明するが、製膜方法はこれに限定されるものではない。セルロースエステルフィルムの製膜方法としては、インフレーション法、T-ダイ法、カレンダー法、切削法、流延法、エマルジョン法、ホットプレス法等の製造法が使用できる。
[Film formation of cellulose ester film]
Next, although the example of the film forming method of the cellulose-ester film which is an example of a film base material is demonstrated, the film forming method is not limited to this. As a method for producing a cellulose ester film, a production method such as an inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, a hot press method, or the like can be used.

 (有機溶媒)
 セルロースエステルフィルムを後述する溶液流延製膜法で製造する場合の樹脂溶液(ドープ組成物)を形成するのに有用な有機溶媒は、セルロースエステル樹脂、その他の添加剤を同時に溶解するものであれば制限なく用いることができる。例えば、塩素系有機溶媒としては、塩化メチレン、非塩素系有機溶媒としては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸アミル、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,3-ジオキソラン、1,4-ジオキサン、シクロヘキサノン、ギ酸エチル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエタノール、2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-1-プロパノール、1,3-ジフルオロ-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-メチル-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-プロパノール、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロ-1-プロパノール、ニトロエタン、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、iso-プロパノール、n-ブタノール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノール等を挙げることができ、塩化メチレン、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、アセトンを好ましく使用し得る。前記溶媒はセルロースエステル樹脂、その他添加剤を計15~45質量%溶解させたドープ組成物であることが好ましい。
(Organic solvent)
An organic solvent useful for forming a resin solution (dope composition) in the case of producing a cellulose ester film by a solution casting film forming method described later is one that can simultaneously dissolve a cellulose ester resin and other additives. Can be used without limitation. For example, as a chlorinated organic solvent, methylene chloride, as a non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, etc. Can, methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, may be used preferably acetone. The solvent is preferably a dope composition in which a total of 15 to 45 mass% of cellulose ester resin and other additives are dissolved.

 (溶液流延製膜法)
 溶液流延製膜法では、樹脂及び添加剤を溶剤に溶解させてドープを調製する工程、ドープをベルト状もしくはドラム状の金属支持体上に流延する工程、流延したドープをウェブとして乾燥する工程、金属支持体から剥離する工程、延伸又は幅保持する工程、更に乾燥する工程、仕上がったセルロースエステルフィルムを巻き取る工程により行われる。
(Solution casting film forming method)
In the solution casting film forming method, a step of preparing a dope by dissolving a resin and an additive in a solvent, a step of casting the dope on a belt-shaped or drum-shaped metal support, and drying the cast dope as a web It is carried out by a step of peeling off from the metal support, a step of stretching or maintaining the width, a step of further drying, and a step of winding up the finished cellulose ester film.

 金属支持体としては、ステンレススティールベルト若しくは鋳物で表面をメッキ仕上げしたドラムが好ましく用いられる。 As the metal support, a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used.

 キャスト(流延)の幅は1~4mとすることができる。流延工程の金属支持体の表面温度は-50℃~溶剤が沸騰して発泡しない温度に設定される。温度が高い方がウェブの乾燥速度が速くできるので好ましいが、余り高すぎるとウェブが発泡したり、平面性が劣化する場合がある。 The width of the cast (casting) can be 1 to 4 m. The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting process is set to −50 ° C. to a temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam. A higher temperature is preferred because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam or the flatness may deteriorate.

 好ましい支持体温度としては0~100℃で適宜決定され、5~30℃が更に好ましい。又は、冷却することによってウェブをゲル化させて残留溶媒を多く含んだ状態でドラムから剥離することも好ましい方法である。金属支持体の温度を制御する方法は特に制限されないが、温風又は冷風を吹きかける方法や、温水を金属支持体の裏側に接触させる方法がある。温水を用いる方が熱の伝達が効率的に行われるため、金属支持体の温度が一定になるまでの時間が短く好ましい。 A preferable support temperature is appropriately determined at 0 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 5 to 30 ° C. Alternatively, it is also a preferable method that the web is gelled by cooling and peeled from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent. The method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.

 温風を用いる場合は溶媒の蒸発潜熱によるウェブの温度低下を考慮して、溶媒の沸点以上の温風を使用しつつ、発泡も防ぎながら目的の温度よりも高い温度の風を使う場合がある。 When using warm air, considering the temperature drop of the web due to the latent heat of vaporization of the solvent, while using warm air above the boiling point of the solvent, there may be cases where wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature is used while preventing foaming. .

 特に、流延から剥離するまでの間で支持体の温度及び乾燥風の温度を変更し、効率的に乾燥を行うことが好ましい。 In particular, it is preferable to efficiently dry by changing the temperature of the support and the temperature of the drying air during the period from casting to peeling.

 セルロースエステルフィルムが良好な平面性を得るためには、金属支持体からウェブを剥離する際の残留溶媒量が10~150質量%であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは20~40質量%又は60~130質量%であり、特に好ましくは、20~30質量%又は70~120質量%である。残留溶媒量は下記式で定義される。
  残留溶媒量(質量%)={(M-N)/N}×100
 なお、Mはウェブ又はフィルムを製造中又は製造後の任意の時点で採取した試料の質量で、Nは質量Mのものを115℃で1時間の加熱後の質量である。
In order for the cellulose ester film to obtain good flatness, the residual solvent amount when peeling the web from the metal support is preferably 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass or 60 to 60%. It is 130% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 30% by mass or 70 to 120% by mass. The amount of residual solvent is defined by the following formula.
Residual solvent amount (% by mass) = {(MN) / N} × 100
In addition, M is the mass of the sample collected at any time during or after the production of the web or film, and N is the mass after heating at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.

 セルロースエステルフィルムの乾燥工程では、ウェブを金属支持体より剥離し、乾燥し、残留溶媒量を1質量%以下にすることが好ましく、更に好ましくは0.1質量%以下であり、特に好ましくは0~0.01質量%以下である。 In the drying step of the cellulose ester film, the web is peeled off from the metal support and dried to make the residual solvent amount 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0. -0.01 mass% or less.

 フィルム乾燥工程では、一般にローラ乾燥方式(上下に配置した多数のローラにウェブを交互に通し乾燥させる方式)やテンター方式でウェブを搬送させながら乾燥する方式が採られる。 In the film drying process, generally, a roller drying method (a method in which webs are alternately passed through a plurality of rollers arranged above and below) and a method in which the web is dried while being conveyed by a tenter method are employed.

 延伸工程では、フィルムの長手方向(MD方向)、及び幅手方向(TD方向)に対して、逐次又は同時に延伸することができる。互いに直交する2軸方向の延伸倍率は、それぞれ最終的にはMD方向に1.0~2.0倍、TD方向に1.05~2.0倍の範囲とすることが好ましく、MD方向に1.0~1.5倍、TD方向に1.05~2.0倍の範囲で行うことがさらに好ましい。例えば、複数のローラに周速差をつけ、その間でローラ周速差を利用してMD方向に延伸する方法、ウェブの両端をクリップやピンで固定し、クリップやピンの間隔を進行方向に広げてMD方向に延伸する方法、同様に横方向に広げてTD方向に延伸する方法、或いはMD方向及びTD方向を同時に広げて両方向に延伸する方法等が挙げられる。 In the stretching step, the film can be sequentially or simultaneously stretched in the longitudinal direction (MD direction) and the lateral direction (TD direction). The draw ratios in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other are preferably in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 times in the MD direction and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the TD direction, respectively. More preferably, it is carried out in the range of 1.0 to 1.5 times and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the TD direction. For example, a method of making a difference in peripheral speed between a plurality of rollers and stretching in the MD direction using the difference in peripheral speed of the roller between them, fixing both ends of the web with clips and pins, and widening the interval between the clips and pins in the traveling direction And a method of stretching in the MD direction, a method of stretching in the lateral direction and stretching in the TD direction, a method of stretching the MD direction and the TD direction simultaneously, and stretching in both directions.

 製膜工程のこれらの幅保持或いは幅手方向の延伸はテンターによって行うことが好ましく、ピンテンターでもクリップテンターでもよい。 It is preferable to perform the width maintenance or the stretching in the width direction in the film forming process by a tenter, and it may be a pin tenter or a clip tenter.

 テンター等の製膜工程でのフィルム搬送張力は、温度にもよるが、120~200N/mが好ましく、140~200N/mが更に好ましく、140~160N/mが最も好ましい。 The film transport tension in the film forming process such as a tenter is preferably 120 to 200 N / m, more preferably 140 to 200 N / m, and most preferably 140 to 160 N / m, although it depends on the temperature.

 延伸する際の温度は、セルロースエステルフィルムのガラス転移温度をTgとすると(Tg-30)~(Tg+100)℃、より好ましくは(Tg-20)~(Tg+80)℃、更に好ましく(Tg-5)~(Tg+20)℃である。 The stretching temperature is (Tg-30) to (Tg + 100) ° C., more preferably (Tg-20) to (Tg + 80) ° C., more preferably (Tg-5), where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the cellulose ester film. ~ (Tg + 20) ° C.

 セルロースエステルフィルムのTgは、フィルムを構成する材料種及び構成する材料の比率によって制御することができる。セルロースエステルフィルムの乾燥時のTgは、110℃以上が好ましく、更に120℃以上が好ましい。特に好ましくは150℃以上である。ガラス転移温度は190℃以下、より好ましくは170℃以下であることが好ましい。セルロースエステルフィルムのTgはJIS K7121に記載の方法等によって求めることができる。延伸する際の温度は、150℃以上、延伸倍率は1.15倍以上にすると、表面が適度に粗れるため、好ましい。セルロースエステルフィルム表面を粗らすことにより、滑り性が向上するとともに、表面加工性が向上するため好ましい。 The Tg of the cellulose ester film can be controlled by the material type constituting the film and the ratio of the constituting materials. The Tg when the cellulose ester film is dried is preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher. Especially preferably, it is 150 degreeC or more. The glass transition temperature is preferably 190 ° C. or lower, more preferably 170 ° C. or lower. The Tg of the cellulose ester film can be determined by the method described in JIS K7121. The stretching temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or more and the stretching ratio is 1.15 times or more because the surface is appropriately roughened. Roughening the surface of the cellulose ester film is preferable because it improves slipperiness and improves surface processability.

 (溶融流延製膜法)
 セルロースエステルフィルム基材は、溶融流延製膜法によって製膜しても良い。溶融流延製膜法は、セルロースエステル樹脂、可塑剤等のその他の添加剤を含む組成物を、流動性を示す温度まで加熱溶融し、その後、流動性のセルロースエステルを含む溶融物を流延することをいう。
(Melt casting method)
The cellulose ester film substrate may be formed by a melt casting method. In the melt casting film forming method, a composition containing other additives such as a cellulose ester resin and a plasticizer is heated and melted to a temperature showing fluidity, and then a melt containing the fluid cellulose ester is cast. To do.

 溶融流延製膜法では、機械的強度及び表面精度等の点から、溶融押出し法が好ましい。溶融押出しに用いる複数の原材料は、通常予め混錬してペレット化しておくことが好ましい。 In the melt casting film forming method, the melt extrusion method is preferable from the viewpoint of mechanical strength and surface accuracy. It is preferable that a plurality of raw materials used for melt extrusion are usually kneaded in advance and pelletized.

 ペレット化は、公知の方法でよく、例えば、乾燥セルロースエステルや可塑剤、その他添加剤をフィーダーで押出し機に供給して1軸や2軸の押出し機を用いて混錬し、ダイからストランド状に押出し、水冷又は空冷し、カッティングすることでできる。 Pelletization may be performed by a known method, for example, dry cellulose ester, plasticizer, and other additives are fed to an extruder with a feeder, kneaded using a single or twin screw extruder, and formed into a strand from a die. Can be extruded, water-cooled or air-cooled, and then cut.

 添加剤は、押出し機に供給する前に混合しておいてもよいし、それぞれ個別のフィーダーで供給してもよい。 Additives may be mixed before being supplied to the extruder, or may be supplied by individual feeders.

 粒子や酸化防止剤等の少量の添加剤は、均一に混合するため、事前に混合しておくことが好ましい。 A small amount of additives such as particles and antioxidants are preferably mixed in advance in order to mix uniformly.

 押出し機は、剪断力を抑え、樹脂が劣化(分子量低下、着色、ゲル生成等)しないように、ペレット化できる程度になるべく低温で加工することが好ましい。例えば、2軸押出し機の場合、深溝タイプのスクリューを用いて、同方向に回転させることが好ましい。混錬の均一性から、噛み合いタイプが好ましい。 The extruder is preferably processed at a temperature as low as possible so that it can be pelletized so that the shearing force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.). For example, in the case of a twin screw extruder, it is preferable to rotate in the same direction using a deep groove type screw. From the uniformity of kneading, the meshing type is preferable.

 以上のようにして得られたペレットを用いてフィルム製膜を行う。もちろんペレット化せず、原材料の粉末をそのままフィーダーで押出し機に供給し、そのままフィルム製膜することも可能である。 Film formation is performed using the pellets obtained as described above. Of course, the raw material powder can be directly fed to the extruder by a feeder without being pelletized to form a film as it is.

 上記ペレットを1軸や2軸タイプの押出し機を用いて、押出す際の溶融温度を200~300℃程度とし、リーフディスクタイプのフィルター等で濾過し異物を除去した後、Tダイからフィルム状に流延し、冷却ローラと弾性タッチローラでフィルムをニップし、冷却ローラ上で固化させることにより、セルロースエステルフィルムを製膜する。 Using a single-screw or twin-screw extruder, the pellets are melted at a temperature of about 200 to 300 ° C, filtered through a leaf disk filter, etc. to remove foreign matter, and then formed into a film from the T die. The cellulose ester film is formed by niping the film with a cooling roller and an elastic touch roller and solidifying the film on the cooling roller.

 供給ホッパーから押出し機へ導入する際は、真空下又は減圧下や不活性ガス雰囲気下にして酸化分解等を防止することが好ましい。 When introducing from the supply hopper to the extruder, it is preferable to prevent oxidative decomposition and the like under vacuum, reduced pressure, or inert gas atmosphere.

 押出し流量は、ギヤポンプを導入する等して安定に調整することが好ましい。また、異物の除去に用いるフィルターには、ステンレス繊維焼結フィルターが好ましく用いられる。ステンレス繊維焼結フィルターは、ステンレス繊維体を複雑に絡み合った状態を作り出した上で圧縮し接触箇所を焼結し一体化したもので、その繊維の太さと圧縮量により密度を変え、濾過精度を調整できる。 The extrusion flow rate is preferably adjusted stably by introducing a gear pump or the like. Further, a stainless fiber sintered filter is preferably used as a filter used for removing foreign substances. The stainless steel fiber sintered filter is a united stainless steel fiber body that is intricately intertwined and compressed, and the contact points are sintered and integrated. The density of the fiber is changed depending on the thickness of the fiber and the amount of compression, and the filtration accuracy is improved. Can be adjusted.

 可塑剤や粒子等の添加剤は、予め樹脂と混合しておいてもよいし、押出し機の途中で練り込んでもよい。均一に添加するために、スタチックミキサー等の混合装置を用いることが好ましい。 Additives such as plasticizers and particles may be mixed with the resin in advance, or may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. In order to add uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing apparatus such as a static mixer.

 冷却ローラと弾性タッチローラでセルロースエステルフィルムをニップする際のタッチローラ側のセルロースエステルフィルム温度は、フィルムのTg以上(Tg+110℃)以下にすることが好ましい。このような目的で使用する弾性体表面を有するローラは、公知のローラを使用できる。 The cellulose ester film temperature on the touch roller side when the cellulose ester film is nipped by the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller is preferably Tg or more (Tg + 110 ° C.) or less of the film. A known roller can be used as the roller having an elastic surface used for such a purpose.

 弾性タッチローラは挟圧回転体ともいう。弾性タッチローラとしては、市販されているものを用いることもできる。 The elastic touch roller is also called a pinching rotator. A commercially available elastic touch roller can also be used.

 冷却ローラからセルロースエステルフィルムを剥離する際は、張力を制御してフィルムの変形を防止することが好ましい。 When peeling the cellulose ester film from the cooling roller, it is preferable to control the tension to prevent deformation of the film.

 また、上記のようにして得られたセルロースエステルフィルムは、冷却ローラに接する工程を通過後、前記延伸操作により延伸することが好ましい。 Moreover, it is preferable that the cellulose ester film obtained as described above is stretched by the stretching operation after passing through the step of contacting the cooling roller.

 延伸する方法は、公知のローラ延伸機やテンター等を好ましく用いることができる。延伸温度は、通常フィルムを構成する樹脂のTg~(Tg+60)℃の温度範囲で行われることが好ましい。 As the stretching method, a known roller stretching machine or tenter can be preferably used. The stretching temperature is usually preferably in the temperature range of Tg to (Tg + 60) ° C. of the resin constituting the film.

 巻き取る前に、製品となる幅に端部をスリットして裁ち落とし、巻き中の貼り付きや、すり傷防止のために、ナール加工(エンボッシング加工)を両端に施してもよい。ナール加工の方法は凹凸のパターンを側面に有する金属リングを用いて加熱や加圧をすることにより加工することができる。フィルム両端部のクリップの把持部分は通常、セルロースエステルフィルムが変形しており、製品として使用できないので切除され、再利用される。 Before winding, the end may be slit and trimmed to the width of the product, and knurled (embossed) may be applied to both ends to prevent sticking and scratching during winding. The knurling method can be performed by heating or pressurizing using a metal ring having an uneven pattern on the side surface. The grip portion of the clip at both ends of the film is usually cut out and reused because the cellulose ester film is deformed and cannot be used as a product.

 (斜め延伸フィルムの製造方法)
 λ/4フィルムは、斜め延伸フィルムの製造方法により製造することができる。斜め延伸フィルムの製造方法とは、フィルムの延長方向に対して0°を超え90°未満の角度に遅相軸を有する延伸フィルムを製造する方法である。斜め延伸前の未延伸フィルムとしては、前述したセルロースエステルフィルムを用いることができる。
(Manufacturing method of obliquely stretched film)
The λ / 4 film can be produced by a method for producing an obliquely stretched film. The method for producing an obliquely stretched film is a method for producing a stretched film having a slow axis at an angle of more than 0 ° and less than 90 ° with respect to the extending direction of the film. As the unstretched film before oblique stretching, the cellulose ester film described above can be used.

 ここで、フィルムの延長方向に対する角度とは、フィルム面内における角度である。遅相軸は、通常延伸方向又は延伸方向に直角な方向に発現するので、フィルムの延長方向に対して0°を超え90°未満の角度で延伸を行うことにより、かかる遅相軸を有する延伸フィルムを製造できる。 Here, the angle with respect to the extending direction of the film is an angle in the film plane. Since the slow axis is usually expressed in the stretching direction or a direction perpendicular to the stretching direction, stretching having such a slow axis is performed by stretching at an angle of more than 0 ° and less than 90 ° with respect to the extending direction of the film. A film can be manufactured.

 フィルムの延長方向と遅相軸とがなす角度(配向角θ)は、0°を超え90°未満の範囲で、所望の角度に任意に設定することができるが、より好ましくは10°~80°、更に好ましくは40°~50°である。 The angle between the film extension direction and the slow axis (orientation angle θ) can be arbitrarily set to a desired angle in the range of more than 0 ° and less than 90 °, more preferably 10 ° to 80 °. °, more preferably 40 ° to 50 °.

 (斜め延伸)
 斜め延伸フィルムは、斜め延伸装置(斜め延伸テンター)を用いて作製することができる。斜め延伸テンターとしては、レールパターンを多様に変化させることにより、フィルムの配向角を自在に設定でき、さらに、フィルムの配向軸をフィルム幅手方向に渡って左右均等に高精度に配向させることができ、かつ、高精度でフィルム厚みやリタデーションを制御できる装置を好ましく用いることができる。
(Diagonal stretching)
The obliquely stretched film can be produced using an obliquely stretching apparatus (obliquely stretched tenter). As an obliquely stretched tenter, the orientation angle of the film can be set freely by changing the rail pattern in various ways, and furthermore, the orientation axis of the film can be oriented with high precision evenly on the left and right across the width direction of the film. An apparatus capable of controlling the film thickness and retardation with high accuracy can be preferably used.

 (セルロースエステルフィルム基材の物性)
 セルロースエステルフィルム基材の膜厚は、5~200μmが好ましく、より好ましくは5~80μmであり、特に好ましくは5~34μmである。薄膜のセルロースエステルフィルム基材に本実施形態の硬化層を形成することにより、本実施形態の効果がより発揮されやすい。また、セルロースエステルフィルム基材の長さは、500~10000mが好ましく、より好ましくは1000~8000mである。前記長さの範囲とすることで、硬化層等の塗布における加工適正やセルロースエステルフィルム基材自体のハンドリング性に優れる。
(Physical properties of cellulose ester film substrate)
The film thickness of the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably 5 to 200 μm, more preferably 5 to 80 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 34 μm. By forming the cured layer of this embodiment on a thin cellulose ester film substrate, the effect of this embodiment is more easily exhibited. The length of the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably 500 to 10,000 m, more preferably 1000 to 8000 m. By setting it as the range of the said length, it is excellent in the processability in application | coating, such as a hardened layer, and the handleability of cellulose-ester film base material itself.

 また、セルロースエステルフィルム基材の算術平均粗さRaは、好ましくは2~10nm、より好ましくは2~5nmである。算術平均粗さRaは、JIS B0601:1994に準じて測定できる。 The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the cellulose ester film substrate is preferably 2 to 10 nm, more preferably 2 to 5 nm. The arithmetic average roughness Ra can be measured according to JIS B0601: 1994.

 〔その他の層〕
 本実施形態の光学フィルムには、反射防止層や導電性層等、その他の層を設けることができる。
[Other layers]
The optical film of this embodiment can be provided with other layers such as an antireflection layer and a conductive layer.

 (反射防止層)
 本実施形態の光学フィルムは、硬化層上に反射防止層を塗設して、外光反射防止機能を有する反射防止フィルムとして用いることができる。
(Antireflection layer)
The optical film of this embodiment can be used as an antireflection film having an external light antireflection function by coating an antireflection layer on a cured layer.

 反射防止層は、光学干渉によって反射率が減少するように屈折率、膜厚、層の数、層順等を考慮して積層されていることが好ましい。反射防止層は、支持体である保護フィルムよりも屈折率の低い低屈折率層、もしくは支持体である保護フィルムよりも屈折率の高い高屈折率層と低屈折率層を組み合わせて構成されていることが好ましい。 The antireflection layer is preferably laminated in consideration of the refractive index, the film thickness, the number of layers, the layer order, and the like so that the reflectance is reduced by optical interference. The antireflection layer is composed of a low refractive index layer having a lower refractive index than the protective film as the support, or a combination of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer having a higher refractive index than the protective film as the support. Preferably it is.

 〈低屈折率層〉
 低屈折率層は、シリカ系微粒子を含有することが好ましく、その屈折率は、23℃、波長550nm測定で、1.30~1.45の範囲であることが好ましい。
<Low refractive index layer>
The low refractive index layer preferably contains silica-based fine particles, and the refractive index is preferably in the range of 1.30 to 1.45 when measured at 23 ° C. and wavelength of 550 nm.

 低屈折率層の膜厚は、5nm~0.5μmの範囲内であることが好ましく、10nm~0.3μmの範囲内であることが更に好ましく、30nm~0.2μmの範囲内であることが最も好ましい。 The film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably in the range of 5 nm to 0.5 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 nm to 0.3 μm, and in the range of 30 nm to 0.2 μm. Most preferred.

 低屈折率層形成用組成物については、シリカ系微粒子として、特に外殻層を有し内部が多孔質又は空洞の粒子を少なくとも1種類以上含むことが好ましい。特に該外殻層を有し内部が多孔質又は空洞である粒子が、中空シリカ系微粒子であることが好ましい。 The composition for forming a low refractive index layer preferably contains at least one kind of particles having an outer shell layer and porous or hollow inside as silica-based fine particles. In particular, the particles having the outer shell layer and porous or hollow inside are preferably hollow silica-based fine particles.

 なお、低屈折率層形成用組成物には、下記一般式(OSi-1)で表される有機珪素化合物もしくはその加水分解物、或いは、その重縮合物を併せて含有させても良い。
 一般式(OSi-1):Si(OR)4
 式中、Rは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。一般式で表される有機珪素化合物としては、具体的には、テトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン、テトライソプロポキシシラン等が好ましく用いられる。
The composition for forming a low refractive index layer may contain an organosilicon compound represented by the following general formula (OSi-1) or a hydrolyzate thereof, or a polycondensate thereof.
Formula (OSi-1): Si (OR) 4
In the formula, R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane and the like are preferably used as the organosilicon compound represented by the general formula.

 また、フッ素原子を35~80質量%の範囲で含み、且つ架橋性若しくは重合性の官能基を含む含フッ素化合物を主としてなる、熱硬化性及び/又は光硬化性を有する化合物を、低屈折率層形成用組成物に含有させても良い。具体的には含フッ素ポリマー、あるいは含フッ素ゾルゲル化合物などである。含フッ素ポリマーとしては、例えばパーフルオロアルキル基含有シラン化合物〔例えば(ヘプタデカフルオロ-1,1,2,2-テトラヒドロデシル)トリエトキシシラン〕の加水分解物や脱水縮合物の他、含フッ素モノマー単位と架橋反応性単位とを構成単位とする含フッ素共重合体が挙げられる。その他、溶剤、必要に応じて、シランカップリング剤、硬化剤、界面活性剤等を低屈折率層形成用組成物に添加してもよい。 In addition, a compound having a thermosetting property and / or a photocurable property, which mainly contains a fluorine-containing compound containing a fluorine atom in a range of 35 to 80% by mass and containing a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group, has a low refractive index. You may make it contain in the composition for layer formation. Specifically, a fluorine-containing polymer or a fluorine-containing sol-gel compound is used. Examples of the fluorine-containing polymer include hydrolysates and dehydration condensates of perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds [eg (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrodecyl) triethoxysilane], and fluorine-containing monomers. Examples thereof include fluorine-containing copolymers having units and cross-linking reactive units as constituent units. In addition, you may add a solvent, a silane coupling agent, a hardening | curing agent, surfactant, etc. to the composition for low refractive index layer formation as needed.

 〈高屈折率層〉
 高屈折率層においては、23℃、波長550nm測定で、屈折率を1.4~2.2の範囲に調整することが好ましい。また、高屈折率層の厚さは5nm~1μmが好ましく、10nm~0.2μmであることが更に好ましく、30nm~0.1μmであることが最も好ましい。屈折率の調整は、金属酸化物微粒子等を添加することで達成できる。また、用いる金属酸化物微粒子の屈折率は1.80~2.60であるものが好ましく、1.85~2.50であるものが更に好ましい。
<High refractive index layer>
In the high refractive index layer, it is preferable to adjust the refractive index to a range of 1.4 to 2.2 by measuring at 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 550 nm. The thickness of the high refractive index layer is preferably 5 nm to 1 μm, more preferably 10 nm to 0.2 μm, and most preferably 30 nm to 0.1 μm. Adjustment of the refractive index can be achieved by adding metal oxide fine particles and the like. The metal oxide fine particles used preferably have a refractive index of 1.80 to 2.60, more preferably 1.85 to 2.50.

 金属酸化物微粒子の種類は特に限定されるものではなく、Ti、Zr、Sn、Sb、Cu、Fe、Mn、Pb、Cd、As、Cr、Hg、Zn、Al、Mg、Si、P及びSから選択される少なくとも一種の元素を有する金属酸化物を用いることができる。 The kind of metal oxide fine particles is not particularly limited, and Ti, Zr, Sn, Sb, Cu, Fe, Mn, Pb, Cd, As, Cr, Hg, Zn, Al, Mg, Si, P and S A metal oxide having at least one element selected from can be used.

 〈導電性層〉
 光学フィルムには、硬化層上に導電性層を形成しても良い。設けられる導電性層としては、一般的に広く知られた導電性材料を用いることができる。例えば、酸化インジウム、酸化錫、酸化インジウム錫、金、銀、パラジウム等の金属酸化物を用いることができる。これらは、真空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、イオンプレーティング法、溶液塗布法等により、光学フィルム上に薄膜として形成することができる。また、前記したπ共役系導電性ポリマーである有機導電性材料を用いて、導電性層を形成することも可能である。
<Conductive layer>
In the optical film, a conductive layer may be formed on the cured layer. As the conductive layer provided, a generally well-known conductive material can be used. For example, metal oxides such as indium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide, gold, silver, and palladium can be used. These can be formed as a thin film on an optical film by a vacuum deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, a solution coating method, or the like. Moreover, it is also possible to form a conductive layer using the organic conductive material which is the above-described π-conjugated conductive polymer.

 特に、透明性、導電性に優れ、比較的低コストに得られる酸化インジウム、酸化錫又は酸化インジウム錫のいずれかを主成分とした導電性材料を好適に使用することができる。導電性層の厚さは、適用する材料によっても異なるため一概には言えないが、表面抵抗率で1000Ω以下、好ましくは500Ω以下になるような厚さであって、経済性をも考慮すると、10nm以上、好ましくは20nm以上、80nm以下、好ましくは70nm以下の範囲が好適である。このような薄膜においては導電性層の厚さムラに起因する可視光の干渉縞は発生しにくい。 In particular, a conductive material that is excellent in transparency and conductivity, and that has a main component of any one of indium oxide, tin oxide, and indium tin oxide obtained at a relatively low cost can be suitably used. Although the thickness of the conductive layer varies depending on the material to be applied, it cannot be said unconditionally. However, the surface resistivity is 1000Ω or less, preferably 500Ω or less, and considering the economy, A range of 10 nm or more, preferably 20 nm or more and 80 nm or less, preferably 70 nm or less is suitable. In such a thin film, visible light interference fringes due to uneven thickness of the conductive layer are unlikely to occur.

 〔偏光板〕
 次に、本実施形態の光学フィルムを用いた偏光板について述べる。偏光板は一般的な方法で作製することができる。例えば、光学フィルムをアルカリ鹸化処理し、処理した光学フィルムを、ヨウ素溶液中に浸漬延伸して作製した偏光膜(偏光子)の一方の面に、完全鹸化型ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を用いて貼り合わせることが好ましい。
〔Polarizer〕
Next, a polarizing plate using the optical film of this embodiment will be described. The polarizing plate can be produced by a general method. For example, an optical film is subjected to alkali saponification treatment, and the treated optical film is bonded to one surface of a polarizing film (polarizer) produced by immersing and stretching in an iodine solution using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. Is preferred.

 偏光子のもう一方の面には、該光学フィルムを貼り合わせてもよいし、前記したセルロースエステルフィルム基材などを貼り合わせてもよい。もう一方の面に貼り合わせるフィルム基材の膜厚は、平滑性やカールバランスを整え、巻きズレ防止効果をより高める観点から、5~100μmの範囲が好ましく、5~34μmの範囲がより好ましい。 The optical film may be bonded to the other surface of the polarizer, or the cellulose ester film substrate described above may be bonded. The film thickness of the film substrate to be bonded to the other surface is preferably in the range of 5 to 100 μm, more preferably in the range of 5 to 34 μm, from the viewpoint of adjusting smoothness and curl balance and further improving the effect of preventing winding deviation.

 偏光板の主たる構成要素である偏光膜は、一定方向の偏波面の光だけを通す素子であり、現在知られている代表的な偏光膜は、ポリビニルアルコール系偏光フィルムである。上記偏光フィルムには、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムにヨウ素を染色させたものと二色性染料を染色させたものとがあるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 The polarizing film, which is the main component of the polarizing plate, is an element that transmits only light having a polarization plane in a certain direction, and a typical polarizing film that is known at present is a polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film. The polarizing film includes a polyvinyl alcohol film dyed with iodine and a dichroic dye dyed, but is not limited thereto.

 偏光膜は、ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を製膜し、これを一軸延伸させて染色するか、染色した後一軸延伸してから、好ましくはホウ素化合物で耐久性処理を行ったものが用いられる。偏光膜の膜厚は5~30μm、好ましくは8~15μmである。 For the polarizing film, a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution is formed and dyed by uniaxial stretching or dyeing, or after uniaxial stretching after dyeing, a film subjected to durability treatment with a boron compound is preferably used. The thickness of the polarizing film is 5 to 30 μm, preferably 8 to 15 μm.

 偏光膜の面上に、本実施形態の光学フィルムの片面を貼り合わせて偏光板を形成する。好ましくは完全鹸化ポリビニルアルコール等を主成分とする水系の接着剤によって貼り合わせる。 A polarizing plate is formed by bonding one side of the optical film of the present embodiment on the surface of the polarizing film. It is preferably bonded with an aqueous adhesive mainly composed of completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol or the like.

 (円偏光板)
 光学フィルムを用いて円偏光板を構成することもできる。つまり、偏光板保護フィルム、偏光子、λ/4フィルムをこの順で積層して円偏光板を構成することができる。この場合、λ/4フィルムの遅相軸と偏光膜の吸収軸(または透過軸)とのなす角度は45°である。長尺状偏光板保護フィルム、長尺状偏光子、長尺状λ/4フィルム(長尺斜め延伸フィルム)がこの順で積層して形成されることが好ましい。
(Circularly polarizing plate)
A circularly polarizing plate can also be constituted using an optical film. That is, a circularly polarizing plate can be formed by laminating a polarizing plate protective film, a polarizer, and a λ / 4 film in this order. In this case, the angle formed between the slow axis of the λ / 4 film and the absorption axis (or transmission axis) of the polarizing film is 45 °. A long polarizing plate protective film, a long polarizer, and a long λ / 4 film (long diagonally stretched film) are preferably laminated in this order.

 円偏光板は、偏光子として、ヨウ素または二色性染料をドープしたポリビニルアルコールを延伸したものを使用し、λ/4フィルム/偏光子の構成で貼合して製造することができる。偏光子の膜厚は、5~40μm、好ましくは5~30μmであり、特に好ましくは5~20μmである。 The circularly polarizing plate can be produced by using a stretched polyvinyl alcohol doped with iodine or a dichroic dye as a polarizer, and laminating with a configuration of λ / 4 film / polarizer. The thickness of the polarizer is 5 to 40 μm, preferably 5 to 30 μm, particularly preferably 5 to 20 μm.

 円偏光板は、一般的な方法で作製することができる。つまり、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムをヨウ素溶液中に浸漬延伸して作製した偏光子の一方の面に、完全鹸化型ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を用いて、アルカリ鹸化処理したλ/4フィルムを貼り合わせることが好ましい。 The circularly polarizing plate can be produced by a general method. In other words, it is preferable to attach an alkali saponified λ / 4 film to one surface of a polarizer produced by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution, using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution.

 〔粘着層〕
 液晶セルの基板と偏光板とを貼り合わせるために、偏光板のフィルム片面に用いられる粘着層は、光学的に透明であることはもとより、適度な粘弾性や粘着特性を示すものが好ましい。
(Adhesive layer)
In order to bond the substrate of the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer used on one side of the film of the polarizing plate is preferably optically transparent and exhibits moderate viscoelasticity and pressure-sensitive adhesive properties.

 具体的な粘着層としては、例えばアクリル系共重合体やエポキシ系樹脂、ポリウレタン、シリコーン系ポリマー、ポリエーテル、ブチラール系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、合成ゴムなどの接着剤もしくは粘着剤等のポリマーを用いて、乾燥法、化学硬化法、熱硬化法、熱熔融法、光硬化法等により膜形成させ、硬化させることができる。なかでも、アクリル系共重合体は、最も粘着物性を制御しやすく、かつ透明性や耐候性、耐久性などに優れていて好ましく用いることができる。 Specific examples of the adhesive layer include adhesives or adhesives such as acrylic copolymers, epoxy resins, polyurethane, silicone polymers, polyethers, butyral resins, polyamide resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, and synthetic rubbers. A film such as a drying method, a chemical curing method, a thermal curing method, a thermal melting method, a photocuring method, or the like can be formed and cured using a polymer such as the above. Among them, the acrylic copolymer can be preferably used because it is most easy to control the physical properties of the adhesive and is excellent in transparency, weather resistance, durability and the like.

 〔画像表示装置〕
 本実施形態の光学フィルムは、画像表示装置に使用することで、視認性に優れた性能が発揮される点で好ましい。画像表示装置としては、反射型、透過型、半透過型液晶表示装置又は、TN型、STN型、OCB型、VA型、IPS型、ECB型等の各種駆動方式の液晶表示装置、有機EL表示装置やプラズマディスプレイ等が挙げられる。これら画像表示装置の中でも液晶表示装置が、高い視認性に優れる点で好ましい。
(Image display device)
The optical film of this embodiment is preferable in that the performance excellent in visibility is exhibited by using it for an image display apparatus. As an image display device, a reflection type, a transmission type, a transflective type liquid crystal display device, a liquid crystal display device of various driving methods such as a TN type, an STN type, an OCB type, a VA type, an IPS type, and an ECB type, an organic EL display Examples thereof include a device and a plasma display. Among these image display devices, a liquid crystal display device is preferable because of its high visibility.

 視認側偏光板の光学フィルムの硬化層のさらに視認側に、保護部が配置されていてもよい。この保護部は、前面板やタッチパネルで構成することができる。上記保護部は、硬化層との間の空隙を埋めるための充填剤(光硬化型樹脂)を介して、上記硬化層に貼り合わされる。保護部の前面板は特に制限されず、アクリル板やガラス板等の従来公知のものを使用できる。また、前面板の材質、厚み等は、画像表示装置の用途に応じて、適宜選択できる。 Protective part may be arranged on the further viewing side of the cured layer of the optical film of the viewing side polarizing plate. This protection part can be constituted by a front plate or a touch panel. The said protection part is bonded together by the said hardened layer via the filler (photocurable resin) for filling the space | gap between hardened layers. The front plate in particular of a protection part is not restrict | limited, A conventionally well-known thing, such as an acrylic board and a glass plate, can be used. Further, the material, thickness, and the like of the front plate can be appropriately selected according to the use of the image display device.

 充填剤としては、無溶剤充填剤が好ましく、市販品としては例えばSVR1120、SVR1150、SVR1320(以上,デクセリアルズ株式会社製)、或いはHRJ-60、HRJ-302、HRJ-53(以上、協立化学産業株式会社製)等を挙げることができる。充填剤を用いる場合、一種類を単独で使用してもよいし、複数種類を併用してもよい。 As the filler, a solvent-free filler is preferable, and as commercially available products, for example, SVR1120, SVR1150, SVR1320 (above, manufactured by Dexerials Corporation), or HRJ-60, HRJ-302, HRJ-53 (above, Kyoritsu Chemical Industry) And the like). When using a filler, one type may be used independently and multiple types may be used together.

 光学フィルムと前面板との貼り合わせは、例えば以下のようにして行うことができる。まず、充填剤を準備する。そして、光学フィルムの硬化層の表面に充填剤を塗工し、充填剤の塗膜上に前面板を重ね合わせる。この状態で、充填剤を光照射などにより硬化させ、光学フィルムと前面板とを貼り合わせる。硬化層の表面に充填剤を塗工する際に、硬化層の表面自由エネルギーを30mN/m以上とすることで、充填剤が硬化層の端部ではじかれることなく、均一に広がった状態を維持し、視認性に優れた画像表示装置を得ることができる。 Bonding of the optical film and the front plate can be performed as follows, for example. First, a filler is prepared. Then, a filler is applied to the surface of the cured layer of the optical film, and the front plate is overlaid on the coating film of the filler. In this state, the filler is cured by light irradiation or the like, and the optical film and the front plate are bonded together. When the filler is applied to the surface of the cured layer, the surface free energy of the cured layer is set to 30 mN / m or more so that the filler is uniformly spread without being repelled at the end of the cured layer. An image display device that is maintained and has excellent visibility can be obtained.

 〔実施例〕
 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」あるいは「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表す。
〔Example〕
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "part by mass" or "mass%" is represented.

 <実施例1>
 [セルロースエステルフィルム1の作製]
 〈二酸化珪素分散液の調製〉
 アエロジルR812(日本アエロジル(株)製、一次粒子の平均径7nm)
                             10質量部
 エタノール                       90質量部
 以上をディゾルバーで30分間撹拌混合した後、マントンゴーリンで分散を行った。二酸化珪素分散液に88質量部のメチレンクロライドを撹拌しながら投入し、ディゾルバーで30分間撹拌混合し、二酸化珪素分散希釈液を作製した。微粒子分散希釈液濾過器(アドバンテック東洋(株):ポリプロピレンワインドカートリッジフィルターTCW-PPS-1N)で濾過した。
<Example 1>
[Production of Cellulose Ester Film 1]
<Preparation of silicon dioxide dispersion>
Aerosil R812 (Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd., average primary particle diameter of 7 nm)
10 parts by mass Ethanol 90 parts by mass The above was stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 30 minutes, and then dispersed with Manton Gorin. 88 parts by mass of methylene chloride was added to the silicon dioxide dispersion while stirring, and the mixture was stirred and mixed for 30 minutes with a dissolver to prepare a silicon dioxide dispersion dilution. The mixture was filtered with a fine particle dispersion dilution filter (Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd .: polypropylene wind cartridge filter TCW-PPS-1N).

 〈ドープ組成物1の調製〉
 (セルロースエステル樹脂)
 セルローストリアセテートA(リンター綿から合成されたセルローストリアセテート、アセチル基置換度2.88、Mn=140000)
                             90質量部
 (添加剤)
 一般式(X)で表されるエステル(例示化合物X-1)    5質量部
 一般式(X)で表されるエステル(例示化合物X-12)   4質量部
 (紫外線吸収剤)
 TINUVIN 928(BASFジャパン(株)製)    3質量部
 (微粒子)
 二酸化珪素分散希釈液                   4質量部
 (溶媒)
 メチレンクロライド                  432質量部
 エタノール                       38質量部
 以上を密閉容器に投入し、加熱し、撹拌しながら、完全に溶解し、安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24を使用して濾過し、ドープ(ドープ組成物1)を調製した。
<Preparation of Dope Composition 1>
(Cellulose ester resin)
Cellulose triacetate A (cellulose triacetate synthesized from linter cotton, acetyl group substitution degree 2.88, Mn = 14,000)
90 parts by mass (additive)
Ester Represented by General Formula (X) (Exemplary Compound X-1) 5 parts by mass Ester Represented by General Formula (X) (Exemplary Compound X-12) 4 parts by mass (UV absorber)
TINUVIN 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 3 parts by mass (fine particles)
Silicon dioxide dispersion dilution 4 parts by mass (solvent)
Methylene chloride 432 parts by mass Ethanol 38 parts by mass The above was put into a sealed container, heated and stirred, and dissolved completely. Azumi filter paper No. Azumi filter paper No. 24 was used to prepare a dope (dope composition 1).

 次に、ベルト流延装置を用い、ステンレスバンド支持体に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶媒量が100質量%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、ステンレスバンド支持体上から剥離した。セルロースエステルフィルムのウェブを35℃で溶剤を蒸発させ、1.15m幅にスリットし、テンターでTD方向(フィルムの幅手方向)に1.15倍に延伸しながら、140℃の乾燥温度で乾燥させた。その後、120℃の乾燥装置内を多数のローラーで搬送させながら15分間乾燥させた後、1.3m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm、高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、巻芯に巻き取り、セルロースエステルフィルム1を得た。セルロースエステルフィルム1の膜厚は15μm、巻長は3900mであった。 Next, the belt was cast evenly on a stainless steel band support using a belt casting apparatus. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass, and the stainless steel band support was peeled off. The cellulose ester film web was evaporated at 35 ° C., slit to 1.15 m width, and dried at a drying temperature of 140 ° C. while being stretched 1.15 times in the TD direction (film width direction) with a tenter. I let you. Then, it was dried for 15 minutes while being transported in a drying device at 120 ° C. with a number of rollers, slitted to a width of 1.3 m, knurled with a width of 10 mm and a height of 5 μm at both ends of the film, and wound around a core. The cellulose ester film 1 was obtained. The cellulose ester film 1 had a film thickness of 15 μm and a winding length of 3900 m.

 なお、ステンレスバンド支持体の回転速度とテンターの運転速度から算出されるMD方向の延伸倍率は1.01倍であった。 In addition, the draw ratio in the MD direction calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.01.

 [光学フィルム1の作製]
 上記作製したセルロースエステルフィルム1のA面(流延ベルトに接していない面)上に、下記の硬化層組成物1を、押し出しコーターを用いて塗布し、恒率乾燥区間温度50℃、減率乾燥区間温度50℃で乾燥の後、酸素濃度が1.0体積%以下の雰囲気になるように窒素パージしながら、紫外線ランプを用い照射部の照度が100mW/cm2で、照射量を0.25J/cm2として塗布層を硬化させ、ドライ膜厚5μmの硬化層1を形成して、ロール状に巻き取り、光学フィルム1を作製した。
[Preparation of optical film 1]
The following cured layer composition 1 is applied onto the A side (the surface not in contact with the casting belt) of the produced cellulose ester film 1 using an extrusion coater, and the constant rate drying zone temperature is 50 ° C., the rate of decrease. After drying at a drying section temperature of 50 ° C., while purging with nitrogen so that the atmosphere has an oxygen concentration of 1.0% by volume or less, the irradiance of the irradiated part is 100 mW / cm 2 using an ultraviolet lamp, and the irradiation amount is set to 0. The coating layer was cured at 25 J / cm 2 to form a cured layer 1 having a dry film thickness of 5 μm, and wound into a roll to produce an optical film 1.

 《硬化層組成物1》
 〈硬化層組成物1の組成〉
 (活性線硬化樹脂)
 NKエステルA-DCP(トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業社製)
                             92質量部
 (光重合開始剤)
 イルガキュア184(BASFジャパン(株)製)      5質量部
 (添加剤)
 シリコーン系化合物(ビックケミージャパン株式会社製:BYK-UV3510)
                              1質量部
 (環式有機化合物)
 B-1(YSポリスターNH、ヤスハラケミカル株式会社製) 8質量部
 (溶剤)
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル         10質量部
 メチルエチルケトン                   90質量部
<< Hardened layer composition 1 >>
<Composition of cured layer composition 1>
(Actinic radiation curable resin)
NK Ester A-DCP (Tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
92 parts by mass (photopolymerization initiator)
Irgacure 184 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 5 parts by mass (additive)
Silicone compound (BYK-UV3510, manufactured by BYK Japan)
1 part by mass (cyclic organic compound)
B-1 (YS Polystar NH, manufactured by Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.) 8 parts by mass (solvent)
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 10 parts by weight Methyl ethyl ketone 90 parts by weight

 [光学フィルム2の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物B-2に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム2を作製した。なお、環式有機化合物B-2の合成方法は、以下の通りである。
[Preparation of optical film 2]
Optical film 2 was produced in the same manner as optical film 1 except that cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to cyclic organic compound B-2. The method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound B-2 is as follows.

 (B-2の合成方法)
 撹拌機付きのオートクレーブ中に、4-n-オクチルスチレン(東京化成工業株式会社製)2170質量部、純水2450質量部、10重量%リン酸カルシウム50質量部、50ppmドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸塩2.8質量部、過酸化ベンゾイル166質量部、tert-ブチルパーオキシイソプロピルカーボネート25質量部およびα-メチルスチレンダイマー135質量部をそれぞれ収容した。次いで、撹拌機を用いて、室温、回転数1000rpm、1時間の条件で均一に撹拌し、混合溶液とした。
(Synthesis method of B-2)
In an autoclave equipped with a stirrer, 2170 parts by weight of 4-n-octylstyrene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2450 parts by weight of pure water, 50 parts by weight of calcium phosphate, 2.8 parts by weight of 50 ppm dodecylbenzenesulfonate Part, 166 parts by weight of benzoyl peroxide, 25 parts by weight of tert-butyl peroxyisopropyl carbonate and 135 parts by weight of α-methylstyrene dimer were accommodated. Next, using a stirrer, the mixture was stirred uniformly at room temperature and a rotation speed of 1000 rpm for 1 hour to obtain a mixed solution.

 次いで、得られた混合溶液を加熱し、オートクレーブ内の温度を、約30℃の温度から、10℃/分の昇温速度で、90℃まで昇温させた。そして、工程(A)として、オートクレーブ内の温度を90℃の温度に保持したまま、1時間初期重合を行った。 Next, the obtained mixed solution was heated, and the temperature in the autoclave was increased from a temperature of about 30 ° C. to 90 ° C. at a temperature increase rate of 10 ° C./min. And as process (A), initial polymerization was performed for 1 hour, keeping the temperature in an autoclave at the temperature of 90 ° C.

 次いで、オートクレーブ内の温度を、90℃から、10℃/分の昇温速度で、120℃まで昇温させた。そして、工程(B)として、オートクレーブ内の温度を120℃の温度に保持したまま、5時間の懸濁重合を行い、重合体(有機環式化合物B-2)を得た。 Next, the temperature in the autoclave was increased from 90 ° C. to 120 ° C. at a temperature increase rate of 10 ° C./min. In step (B), suspension polymerization was carried out for 5 hours while maintaining the temperature in the autoclave at 120 ° C. to obtain a polymer (organic cyclic compound B-2).

 [光学フィルム3の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物B-3に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム3を作製した。なお、環式有機化合物B-3の合成方法は、以下の通りである。
[Preparation of optical film 3]
An optical film 3 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to the cyclic organic compound B-3. The method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound B-3 is as follows.

 (B-3の合成方法)
 撹拌機付きのオートクレーブ中に、4-メチルスチレン(東京化成工業株式会社製)2170質量部、純水2450質量部、10重量%リン酸カルシウム50質量部、50ppmドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸塩2.8質量部、過酸化ベンゾイル166質量部、tert-ブチルパーオキシイソプロピルカーボネート25質量部およびα-メチルスチレンダイマー135質量部をそれぞれ収容した。次いで、環式有機化合物B-2の合成方法と同様の条件で、混合溶液を作成し、さらに、工程(A)および工程(B)の懸濁重合を行い、重合体(環式有機化合物B-3)を得た。
(Synthesis method of B-3)
In an autoclave equipped with a stirrer, 2170 parts by mass of 4-methylstyrene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2450 parts by mass of pure water, 50 parts by mass of calcium phosphate of 10% by weight, 2.8 parts by mass of 50 ppm dodecylbenzenesulfonate, 166 parts by mass of benzoyl peroxide, 25 parts by mass of tert-butyl peroxyisopropyl carbonate and 135 parts by mass of α-methylstyrene dimer were accommodated. Next, a mixed solution is prepared under the same conditions as in the method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound B-2, and suspension polymerization is further performed in steps (A) and (B) to obtain a polymer (cyclic organic compound B). -3) was obtained.

 [光学フィルム4の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物B-4(YSレジンTO105、ヤスハラケミカル株式会社製)に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム4を作製した。
[Preparation of optical film 4]
Optical film 4 was prepared in the same manner as optical film 1 except that cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to cyclic organic compound B-4 (YS Resin TO105, manufactured by Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.).

 [光学フィルム5の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物B-5(ニットレジンクマロンV-120S、日塗化学株式会社製)に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム5を作製した。
[Preparation of optical film 5]
The optical film 5 was prepared in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to a cyclic organic compound B-5 (Knit Resin Coumarone V-120S, manufactured by Nikko Chemical Co., Ltd.). Produced.

 [光学フィルム6の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物C-1に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム6を作製した。なお、環式有機化合物C-1の合成方法は、以下の通りである。
[Preparation of optical film 6]
An optical film 6 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to the cyclic organic compound C-1. The method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound C-1 is as follows.

 (C-1の合成方法)
 スチレン(東京化成工業株式会社製)50質量部及びアクリル酸メチル(東京化成工業株式会社製)50質量部の混合物に、ゴム状弾性体としてスチレン-ブタジエンランダム共重合体(スチレン含量25%、旭化成工業株式会社製、商品名 タフデン2000A)4.0質量部及びエチルベンゼン5.0質量部を溶解して原料溶液とした。重合開始剤としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリルの1質量部エチルベンゼン溶液を調製した。
(Synthesis method of C-1)
A mixture of 50 parts by mass of styrene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 50 parts by mass of methyl acrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is mixed with a styrene-butadiene random copolymer (25% styrene content, Asahi Kasei) as a rubbery elastic body. Kogyo Co., Ltd., trade name: Toughden 2000A) 4.0 parts by mass and 5.0 parts by mass of ethylbenzene were dissolved to obtain a raw material solution. A 1 part by mass ethylbenzene solution of azobisisobutyronitrile was prepared as a polymerization initiator.

 次に、内部にダブルヘリカルリボン翼を具備した内容積20Lの完全混合槽に原料溶液を5.0L/時間の速度で、開始剤のエチルベンゼン溶液を0.1L/時間の速度で供給し、110℃で、攪拌速度120rpmの条件で重合した。ついで、完全混合槽を通過した重合反応液を、この完全混合槽に連結された、内部にスタティックミキサーを具備した内容量30Lの管型反応器に連続的に導入し、この反応器出口での反応液温度が150℃となるような条件下で重合反応を行った。得られた重合反応液を、加熱ヒータを持つフラッシュドラムからなる脱揮装置に連続的に供給し、温度220℃、圧力665Paの条件下で未反応の単量体や溶剤などの揮発成分を分離し、重合体(環式有機化合物C-1)を得た。重合体中のスチレン構造単位の含有率は50質量%であり、アクリル酸メチル構造単位の含有率は50質量%であった。参考のため、環式有機化合物C-1の構造式を以下に示す。 Next, a raw material solution was supplied at a rate of 5.0 L / hour and an ethylbenzene solution of an initiator was supplied at a rate of 0.1 L / hour to a complete mixing tank having an internal volume of 20 L equipped with a double helical ribbon blade inside. Polymerization was conducted at a temperature of 120 ° C. under a stirring speed of 120 rpm. Subsequently, the polymerization reaction liquid that passed through the complete mixing tank was continuously introduced into a tubular reactor having an internal volume of 30 L, which was connected to the complete mixing tank, and was equipped with a static mixer inside. The polymerization reaction was performed under conditions such that the reaction solution temperature was 150 ° C. The obtained polymerization reaction liquid is continuously supplied to a devolatilization apparatus composed of a flash drum having a heater, and volatile components such as unreacted monomers and solvents are separated under conditions of a temperature of 220 ° C. and a pressure of 665 Pa. As a result, a polymer (cyclic organic compound C-1) was obtained. The content rate of the styrene structural unit in a polymer was 50 mass%, and the content rate of the methyl acrylate structural unit was 50 mass%. For reference, the structural formula of the cyclic organic compound C-1 is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 [光学フィルム7の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物C-2に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム7を作製した。なお、環式有機化合物C-2の合成方法は、以下の通りである。
[Preparation of optical film 7]
An optical film 7 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to the cyclic organic compound C-2. The method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound C-2 is as follows.

 (C-2の合成方法)
 温度計、撹拌装置、滴下ロートおよび冷却管を備えた内容積2リットルの4つ口フラスコを使用して、トルエン800質量部(水分:900ppmに調整)、触媒として三フッ化ホウ素ガス6.0質量部を仕込んだのち、60℃の温度に保持しながら攪拌し、α-ピネン(ヤスハラケミカル株式会社製)160質量部、β-ピネン(ヤスハラケミカル株式会社製)160質量部、d-リモネン(ヤスハラケミカル株式会社製)160質量部とスチレン(東京化成工業株式会社製)32質量部の混合液を3時間かけて滴下し、その後、1時間撹拌して反応させた。
(Synthesis method of C-2)
Using a 2-neck four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a dropping funnel and a condenser, 800 parts by mass of toluene (moisture: adjusted to 900 ppm), boron trifluoride gas 6.0 as a catalyst After charging the mass parts, the mixture was stirred while maintaining the temperature at 60 ° C., 160 parts by mass of α-pinene (manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd.), 160 parts by mass of β-pinene (manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd.), d-limonene (Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.) A mixed solution of 160 parts by mass (manufactured by the company) and 32 parts by mass of styrene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added dropwise over 3 hours, followed by stirring for 1 hour to react.

 次いで、該混合液を水洗し、触媒を除いた後、10mmHgの減圧条件下、最高到達温度200℃でトルエンおよび未反応モノマー、低分子量化合物を蒸留により留去し、重合体(環式有機化合物C-2)を得た。重合体中のテルペン構造単位の含有率は90質量%であり、スチレン構造単位の含有率は10質量%であった。参考のため、環式有機化合物C-2の構造式を以下に示す。 Next, the mixed solution is washed with water to remove the catalyst, and then toluene, unreacted monomers and low molecular weight compounds are distilled off by distillation under a reduced pressure condition of 10 mmHg at a maximum temperature of 200 ° C. to obtain a polymer (cyclic organic compound). C-2) was obtained. The content rate of the terpene structural unit in a polymer was 90 mass%, and the content rate of the styrene structural unit was 10 mass%. For reference, the structural formula of the cyclic organic compound C-2 is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 [光学フィルム8の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を有機化合物C-3(ダイヤナール BR88、三菱レイヨン株式会社製)に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム8を作製した。なお、有機化合物C-3は、芳香環構造を有しておらず、脂環構造に極性置換基を有する構造も有していない。参考のため、有機化合物C-3の構造式を以下に示す。
[Preparation of optical film 8]
An optical film 8 was prepared in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to an organic compound C-3 (Dianal BR88, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.). The organic compound C-3 does not have an aromatic ring structure and does not have a structure having a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure. For reference, the structural formula of the organic compound C-3 is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 [光学フィルム9の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物C-4(ビフェニル、東京化成工業株式会社製)に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム9を作製した。参考のため、環式有機化合物C-4の構造式を以下に示す。
[Preparation of optical film 9]
An optical film 9 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to a cyclic organic compound C-4 (biphenyl, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). For reference, the structural formula of the cyclic organic compound C-4 is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 [偏光板101の作製]
 光学フィルム1を偏光膜の一方の面に貼り付け、市販品の光学フィルムであるKC4UZ(コニカミノルタ社製)を偏光膜の他方の面に貼り付けて、偏光板101を作製した。より詳しくは、以下の通りである。
[Preparation of Polarizing Plate 101]
The optical film 1 was attached to one surface of the polarizing film, and a commercially available optical film KC4UZ (manufactured by Konica Minolta) was attached to the other surface of the polarizing film to produce a polarizing plate 101. More details are as follows.

 (a)偏光膜の作製
 けん化度99.95モル%、重合度2400のポリビニルアルコール(以下、PVAと略記する)100質量部に、グリセリン10質量部、及び水170質量部を含浸させたものを溶融混練し、脱泡後、Tダイから金属ロール上に溶融押出し、製膜した。その後、乾燥・熱処理してPVAフィルムを得た。得られたPVAフィルムは、平均厚みが15μm、水分率が2.4%、フィルム幅が3mであった。
(A) Production of Polarizing Film What was impregnated with 10 parts by mass of glycerin and 170 parts by mass of water in 100 parts by mass of polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter abbreviated as PVA) having a saponification degree of 99.95 mol% and a polymerization degree of 2400. After melt-kneading and defoaming, it was melt-extruded from a T-die onto a metal roll to form a film. Then, it dried and heat-processed and obtained the PVA film. The obtained PVA film had an average thickness of 15 μm, a moisture content of 2.4%, and a film width of 3 m.

 次に、得られたPVAフィルムを、予備膨潤、染色、湿式法による一軸延伸、固定処理、乾燥、熱処理の順番で、連続的に処理して、偏光膜を作製した。すなわち、PVAフィルムを温度30℃の水中に30秒間浸して予備膨潤し、ヨウ素濃度0.4g/リットル、ヨウ化カリウム濃度40g/リットルの温度35℃の水溶液中に3分間浸した。続いて、ホウ酸濃度4%の50℃の水溶液中でフィルムにかかる張力が700N/mの条件下で、6倍に一軸延伸を行い、ヨウ化カリウム濃度40g/リットル、ホウ酸濃度40g/リットル、塩化亜鉛濃度10g/リットルの温度30℃の水溶液中に5分間浸漬して固定処理を行った。その後、PVAフィルムを取り出し、温度40℃で熱風乾燥し、更に温度100℃で5分間熱処理を行った。得られた偏光膜は、平均厚みが5μm、偏光性能は透過率が43.0%、偏光度が99.5%、2色性比が40.1であった。 Next, the obtained PVA film was continuously processed in the order of pre-swelling, dyeing, uniaxial stretching by a wet method, fixing treatment, drying, and heat treatment to produce a polarizing film. That is, the PVA film was preliminarily swollen in water at a temperature of 30 ° C. for 30 seconds, and immersed in an aqueous solution having an iodine concentration of 0.4 g / liter and a potassium iodide concentration of 40 g / liter at a temperature of 35 ° C. for 3 minutes. Subsequently, the film was uniaxially stretched 6 times in a 50% aqueous solution with a boric acid concentration of 4% under the condition that the tension applied to the film was 700 N / m, and the potassium iodide concentration was 40 g / liter and the boric acid concentration was 40 g / liter. Then, it was immersed in an aqueous solution having a zinc chloride concentration of 10 g / liter and a temperature of 30 ° C. for 5 minutes for fixing. Thereafter, the PVA film was taken out, dried with hot air at a temperature of 40 ° C., and further heat-treated at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. The obtained polarizing film had an average thickness of 5 μm, polarization performance of transmittance of 43.0%, polarization degree of 99.5%, and dichroic ratio of 40.1.

 (b)偏光板の作製
 下記工程1~5に従って偏光板を作製した。
(B) Production of Polarizing Plate A polarizing plate was produced according to the following steps 1 to 5.

 工程1:前述の偏光膜を、固形分2質量%のポリビニルアルコール接着剤溶液の貯留槽中に1~2秒間浸漬した。 Step 1: The polarizing film described above was immersed in a storage tank of a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive solution having a solid content of 2% by mass for 1 to 2 seconds.

 工程2:光学フィルム1及びKC4UZに対して、下記条件でアルカリ鹸化処理を実施した。次いで、工程1でポリビニルアルコール接着剤溶液に浸漬した偏光膜に付着した過剰の接着剤を軽く取り除き、この偏光膜を光学フィルム1の硬化層とは反対面とKC4UZとで挟み込んで積層配置した。
 (アルカリ鹸化処理)
  ケン化工程  4M-KOH     50℃  45秒
  水洗工程   水          30℃  60秒
  中和工程   10質量部HCl   30℃  45秒
  水洗工程   水          30℃  60秒
  ケン化処理後、水洗、中和、水洗の順に行い、次いで100℃で乾燥する。
Process 2: The alkali saponification process was implemented on the following conditions with respect to the optical film 1 and KC4UZ. Next, excess adhesive adhered to the polarizing film immersed in the polyvinyl alcohol adhesive solution in Step 1 was lightly removed, and this polarizing film was sandwiched between the opposite surface of the optical film 1 from the cured layer and KC4UZ, and laminated.
(Alkaline saponification treatment)
Saponification process 4M-KOH 50 ° C 45 seconds Water washing step Water 30 ° C 60 seconds Neutralization step 10 parts HCl 30 ° C 45 seconds Water washing step Water 30 ° C 60 seconds After saponification treatment, water washing, neutralization, water washing are performed in this order. It is then dried at 100 ° C.

 工程3:上記の積層物を、2つの回転するローラにて挟み込み、20~30N/cm2の圧力で約2m/minの速度で貼り合わせた。このとき、気泡が入らないように注意して実施した。 Step 3: The above laminate was sandwiched between two rotating rollers and bonded at a pressure of 20 to 30 N / cm 2 at a speed of about 2 m / min. At this time, it was carried out with care to prevent bubbles from entering.

 工程4:工程3で作製した試料を、温度100℃の乾燥機中にて5分間乾燥処理し、偏光板を作製した。 Step 4: The sample prepared in Step 3 was dried in a dryer at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a polarizing plate.

 工程5:工程4で作製した偏光板の保護フィルム側に市販のアクリル系粘着剤を乾燥後の厚みが5μmとなるように塗布し、110℃のオーブンで5分間乾燥して粘着層を形成し、粘着層に剥離性の保護フィルムを貼り付けた。この偏光板を裁断(打ち抜き)し、偏光板101を作製した。 Step 5: Apply a commercially available acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive to the protective film side of the polarizing plate prepared in Step 4 so that the thickness after drying is 5 μm, and dry in an oven at 110 ° C. for 5 minutes to form an adhesive layer. A peelable protective film was attached to the adhesive layer. This polarizing plate was cut (punched) to produce a polarizing plate 101.

 [液晶表示装置201の作製]
 IPSモードの液晶表示装置(LGD製 42LS5600)の上側偏光板を剥し、上記偏光板101を上側偏光板として液晶セルに貼り合わせた。つまり、偏光板101のKC4UZが液晶セル側になるようにして、偏光板101の粘着剤層と液晶セルのガラスとを貼り合わせた。このとき、上側偏光板(偏光板101)の透過軸が上下方向に、そして下側偏光板の透過軸が左右方向になるように、クロスニコル配置した。
[Production of Liquid Crystal Display Device 201]
The upper polarizing plate of the IPS mode liquid crystal display device (LGLS 42LS5600) was peeled off, and the polarizing plate 101 was attached to the liquid crystal cell as the upper polarizing plate. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the polarizing plate 101 and the glass of the liquid crystal cell were bonded so that KC4UZ of the polarizing plate 101 was on the liquid crystal cell side. At this time, the crossed Nicols were arranged so that the transmission axis of the upper polarizing plate (polarizing plate 101) was in the vertical direction and the transmission axis of the lower polarizing plate was in the horizontal direction.

 [偏光板102~109の作製]
 偏光板101の光学フィルム1を光学フィルム2~9にそれぞれ変更した以外は、偏光板101の作製と同様にして偏光板102~109を作製した。
[Production of Polarizing Plates 102 to 109]
Polarizing plates 102 to 109 were prepared in the same manner as the polarizing plate 101 except that the optical film 1 of the polarizing plate 101 was changed to the optical films 2 to 9, respectively.

 [液晶表示装置202~209の作製]
 偏光板101を偏光板102~109に変更した以外は、液晶表示装置101の作製と同様にして液晶表示装置202~209を作製した。
[Production of liquid crystal display devices 202 to 209]
Liquid crystal display devices 202 to 209 were manufactured in the same manner as the liquid crystal display device 101 except that the polarizing plate 101 was changed to the polarizing plates 102 to 109.

 ≪評価≫
 (SP値測定)
 各光学フィルム1~9の硬化性樹脂に含まれる添加剤(環式有機化合物)のSP値を、FUJITSU Technical Computing Solution SCIGRESS(富士通株式会社製)で算出した。ここでは、算出した値の小数点以下第二位を四捨五入した値を、SP値とした。
≪Evaluation≫
(SP value measurement)
The SP value of the additive (cyclic organic compound) contained in the curable resin of each of the optical films 1 to 9 was calculated using FUJITSU Technical Computing Solution SCIGRESS (manufactured by Fujitsu Limited). Here, the value obtained by rounding off the second decimal place of the calculated value was defined as the SP value.

 (画像表示装置の視認性評価)
 各光学フィルム1~9を用いて作製した液晶表示装置201~209を、23℃55%RHの環境下で12時間調湿した後、黒表示させ、正面から観察したときの視認性を以下の基準に基づいて評価した。
  〈評価基準〉
 ◎◎:微小な塗布ムラに起因する表示ムラが全く認められない。
 ◎ :微小な塗布ムラに起因する表示ムラがほとんど認められない。
 ○ :微小な塗布ムラに起因する表示ムラが少し認められるが、実使用上問題はない。
 × :微小な塗布ムラに起因する表示ムラがかなり認められ、実使用上問題がある。
(Visibility evaluation of image display device)
The liquid crystal display devices 201 to 209 manufactured using each of the optical films 1 to 9 were conditioned for 14 hours in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, and then displayed in black. Evaluation was based on criteria.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: Display unevenness due to minute application unevenness is not recognized at all.
A: Display unevenness due to minute application unevenness is hardly observed.
○: Some display unevenness due to minute application unevenness is recognized, but there is no problem in actual use.
X: Display unevenness due to minute application unevenness is considerably recognized, and there is a problem in actual use.

 (偏光子の耐久性評価)
 上記作製した偏光板101~109に対して、80℃85%RHで150時間放置する耐久性試験を実施した後、耐久性試験後の単板直交透過率から耐久性試験前の単板直交透過率を引いて単板直交透過率の変化量を求めた。すなわち、
 単板直交透過率の変化量(%)=(耐久性試験後の単板直交透過率(%)-耐久性試験前の単板直交透過率(%)
である。そして、以下の基準に基づいて、偏光子耐久性を評価した。
 〈評価基準〉
 ◎:直交単板透過率の変化量(%)が0.3%未満であった。
 ○:直交単板透過率の変化量(%)が0.3%以上0.65%未満であった。
 ×:直交単板透過率の変化量(%)が0.65%以上であった(実使用上問題となるレベル)。
(Durability evaluation of polarizer)
The polarizing plates 101 to 109 produced above were subjected to a durability test that was allowed to stand at 80 ° C. and 85% RH for 150 hours, and then the single plate orthogonal transmission before the durability test from the single plate orthogonal transmittance after the durability test. The amount of change in the single plate orthogonal transmittance was determined by subtracting the rate. That is,
Amount of change in single plate orthogonal transmittance (%) = (Single plate orthogonal transmittance after durability test (%)-Single plate orthogonal transmittance before durability test (%)
It is. And polarizer durability was evaluated based on the following references | standards.
<Evaluation criteria>
(Double-circle): The variation | change_quantity (%) of the orthogonal single-plate transmittance was less than 0.3%.
A: The change (%) in the orthogonal single plate transmittance was 0.3% or more and less than 0.65%.
X: The change amount (%) of the orthogonal single plate transmittance was 0.65% or more (a level causing a problem in actual use).

 なお、単板直交透過率測定は、以下のようにして行った。ガラス上に偏光板をKC4UZがガラス側になるように貼り付けたサンプル(約5cm×5cm)を2つ作成し、該サンプルのフィルム側を光源に向けてセットして、2つのサンプルをそれぞれ測定し、その平均値を単板直交透過率とした。測定結果は(株)島津製作所製UV3100PCを用いて、波長410nmおよび波長510nmにおける直交透過率CTを10回測定して、その平均値を用いた。 In addition, the single plate orthogonal transmittance measurement was performed as follows. Create two samples (approx. 5cm x 5cm) with a polarizing plate on the glass so that the KC4UZ is on the glass side, set the sample with the film side facing the light source, and measure each of the two samples And the average value was made into the single plate orthogonal transmittance | permeability. The measurement results were obtained by measuring the orthogonal transmittance CT at a wavelength of 410 nm and a wavelength of 510 nm ten times using UV3100PC manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and using the average value.

 (光学フィルムの塗布ムラ評価)
 作製した各光学フィルム1~9の基材(セルロースエステルフィルム)に対して塗布面側(硬化層側)を上にして、その裏面側から蛍光灯を照射し、硬化層表面の面状のムラを目視で観察した。そして、面状のムラの発生頻度(個数)を10m2について検査し、これを1m2当たりの面状ムラの数に換算した後、以下の基準に基づいて塗布ムラを評価した。
 〈評価基準〉
 ◎◎:面状ムラが0個であり、良好な面状である。
 ◎ :面状ムラが1m2当たりに換算して1個未満の頻度であるが、低頻度であり、気にならない。
 ○ :面状ムラが1m2当たりに換算して1個以上3個未満の頻度であるが、実用上問題とならない。
 × :面状ムラが1m2当たりに換算して3個以上発生しており、実用上問題となる。
(Evaluation of coating unevenness of optical film)
Irradiation with a fluorescent lamp from the back side of the substrate (cellulose ester film) of each of the optical films 1 to 9 with the coated surface side (cured layer side) facing up, surface irregularities on the cured layer surface Was visually observed. Then, the occurrence frequency (number) of planar unevenness was inspected for 10 m 2 , converted into the number of planar unevenness per 1 m 2 , and then coating unevenness was evaluated based on the following criteria.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: The surface unevenness is zero and the surface is excellent.
A: The surface unevenness is a frequency of less than 1 per 1 m 2 , but it is low frequency and is not a concern.
○: The surface unevenness is a frequency of 1 or more and less than 3 per 1 m 2 , but this is not a problem in practice.
X: Three or more surface irregularities are generated per 1 m 2 , which is a practical problem.

 各光学フィルム1~9の硬化性樹脂に含まれる添加剤(化合物)のSP値等の特性、および各評価の結果を表1に示す。 Table 1 shows characteristics such as SP values of additives (compounds) contained in the curable resins of the optical films 1 to 9 and the results of each evaluation.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021

 表1より、基材(セルロースエステルフィルム)上の硬化層が、脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂と、SP値が17.0~21.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であり、芳香環構造を有するか、脂環構造に極性置換基を有する、環式有機化合物とを含み、上記環式有機化合物がエチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合体である光学フィルム1~5は、偏光板に適用した場合の偏光子耐久性に優れ、かつ、液晶表示装置の黒表示時の視認性劣化の抑制に優れていることがわかる。これは、脂環構造を有する硬化性樹脂と、特定構造の高分子の環式有機化合物との組み合わせにより、80℃85%RHの非常に過酷な環境下でも、硬化層が低透湿性を十分に有しており、かつ、硬化層の塗布ムラも抑えることができているためと考えられる。特に、光学フィルム1、3、5の結果より、上記環式有機化合物のSP値が、18.0~20.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であれば、硬化層の塗布ムラを確実に抑えて、その塗布ムラに起因する液晶表示装置の視認性劣化を確実に抑えることができると言える。 From Table 1, the cured layer on the base material (cellulose ester film) has an active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure and an SP value of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 And a cyclic organic compound having an aromatic ring structure or a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure, wherein the cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer. It can be seen that ˜5 are excellent in the durability of the polarizer when applied to a polarizing plate, and are excellent in suppressing deterioration in visibility during black display of a liquid crystal display device. This is due to the combination of a curable resin having an alicyclic structure and a high molecular cyclic organic compound having a specific structure, so that the cured layer has sufficient moisture permeability even in a very severe environment of 80 ° C. and 85% RH. This is considered to be because the coating unevenness of the cured layer can be suppressed. In particular, when the SP value of the cyclic organic compound is in the range of 18.0 to 20.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ] from the results of the optical films 1, 3, and 5, the cured layer It can be said that uneven application can be reliably suppressed, and deterioration of the visibility of the liquid crystal display device due to the uneven application can be reliably suppressed.

 <実施例2>
 [光学フィルム10の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物B-6に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム10を作製した。なお、環式有機化合物B-6の合成方法は、以下の通りである。
<Example 2>
[Production of Optical Film 10]
An optical film 10 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to the cyclic organic compound B-6. The synthesis method of the cyclic organic compound B-6 is as follows.

 (B-6の合成方法)
 酢酸パラジウム5mol%、酢酸銅30mol%のヘキサフロロイソプロパノール0.5mL溶液へ、スチレン(東京化成工業株式会社製)1mmolのヘキサフロロイソプロパノール0.5mL溶液を滴下し、酸素雰囲気下(1atm)、室温で1時間反応を行った。次いで、該混合液を水洗し、触媒を除いた後、10mmHgの減圧条件下、最高到達温度200℃で溶剤および未反応化合物、低分子量化合物を蒸留により留去し、重合体(環式有機化合物B-6)を得た。
(Synthesis method of B-6)
To a 0.5 mL solution of hexafluoroisopropanol containing 5 mol% palladium acetate and 30 mol% copper acetate, 0.5 mL solution of hexafluoroisopropanol of 1 mmol of styrene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is added dropwise at room temperature under an oxygen atmosphere (1 atm). The reaction was carried out for 1 hour. Next, the mixed solution is washed with water to remove the catalyst, and then the solvent, unreacted compound, and low molecular weight compound are distilled off by distillation at a maximum temperature of 200 ° C. under a reduced pressure of 10 mmHg to obtain a polymer (cyclic organic compound). B-6) was obtained.

 光散乱検出器付きゲルパーミエイションクロマトグラフィー(GPC-LALLS)により、テトロヒドロフラン(THF)を溶媒として、濃度0.001g/cm3で上記重合体の数平均分子量を測定した。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer was measured by gel permeation chromatography with a light scattering detector (GPC-LALLS) at a concentration of 0.001 g / cm 3 using tetrohydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.

 ≪評価≫
 (ブリードアウト評価)
 光学フィルム10と、実施例1で作製した光学フィルム4・5に対して、80℃85%RHで1000時間放置する耐久性試験を実施した後、目視により、以下の基準に基づいてブリードアウトについて評価した。
 〈評価基準〉
  ◎:ブリードアウトが見られない。
  ○:部分的に弱いブリードアウトが見られるが、実用上問題とならない。
≪Evaluation≫
(Bleed-out evaluation)
About optical film 10 and optical film 4/5 produced in Example 1, after carrying out the durability test which is left to stand at 80 degreeC85% RH for 1000 hours, about bleed out visually based on the following references | standards evaluated.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: No bleed out is observed.
○: Partially weak bleed out is observed, but there is no practical problem.

 各光学フィルム4、5、10のSP値等の特性およびブリードアウトについての評価の結果を表2に示す。 Table 2 shows the evaluation results for the characteristics such as SP values of each optical film 4, 5, 10 and the bleed out.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022

 表2より、ブリードアウトを抑える観点から、硬化層に含まれる環式有機化合物の数平均分子量は、208と700との間の500以上であることが望ましく、700以上であることがより望ましいと言える。 From Table 2, the number average molecular weight of the cyclic organic compound contained in the cured layer is preferably 500 or more between 208 and 700, and more preferably 700 or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing bleed out. I can say that.

 <実施例3>
 [光学フィルム11の作製]
 環式有機化合物B-1を環式有機化合物B-7に変更した以外は、光学フィルム1の作製と同様にして光学フィルム11を作製した。なお、環式有機化合物B-7の合成方法は、以下の通りである。
<Example 3>
[Preparation of optical film 11]
An optical film 11 was produced in the same manner as the optical film 1 except that the cyclic organic compound B-1 was changed to the cyclic organic compound B-7. The method for synthesizing cyclic organic compound B-7 is as follows.

 (B-7の合成方法)
 リフラックスコンデンサーおよび攪拌器を備えた容量2リッターの完全混合型である第1反応槽と、攪拌器を備えた容量1リッターのプラグフロー型の第2反応槽とを直列に結合した。第1反応槽は温度を85℃、第2反応槽は温度85℃に制御した。
(Synthesis method of B-7)
A first reaction tank having a capacity of 2 liters with a reflux condenser and a stirrer and a plug flow type second reaction tank having a capacity of 1 liter with a stirrer were connected in series. The temperature of the first reaction tank was controlled at 85 ° C, and the temperature of the second reaction tank was controlled at 85 ° C.

 第1反応槽には、スチレン(東京化成工業株式会社製)と重合溶媒としてシクロヘキサンの50/50重量比の混合液を30質量部/分の流量でフィードした。また、別途有機リチウム開始剤として、n-ブチルリチウムのヘキサン溶液を、スチレン100質量部当たり、0.8ミリモルに相当する量で同反応槽にフィードした。圧力は常圧とし、重合時の反応熱はリフラックスコンデンサーにシクロヘキサンをリフラックスしながら除熱した。反応液の温度は81℃でほぼ安定させた。第1反応槽からの流出した反応液については、引き続き第2反応槽をプラグフローで通過させた。 In the first reaction vessel, a 50/50 weight ratio mixture of styrene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and cyclohexane as a polymerization solvent was fed at a flow rate of 30 parts by mass / min. Separately, a hexane solution of n-butyllithium was fed as an organolithium initiator to the reaction vessel in an amount corresponding to 0.8 mmol per 100 parts by mass of styrene. The pressure was normal pressure, and the heat of reaction during polymerization was removed while refluxing cyclohexane in a reflux condenser. The temperature of the reaction solution was almost stabilized at 81 ° C. About the reaction liquid which flowed out from the 1st reaction tank, the 2nd reaction tank was passed by the plug flow continuously.

 得られた重合体溶液にリチウム量の10倍量のメタノールを添加することにより、アニオン活性末端を失活させた。その後、重合体溶液には重合体100質量部当たり、0.05質量部の酸化防止剤を加えた後、減圧したフラッシングタンク中で215℃に加熱処理することで、揮発成分を除去した。また、さらに215℃の減圧ベント付き押出し機を通して、残余の揮発成分を除去し、重合体(環式有機化合物B-7)を得た。 The anion active terminal was deactivated by adding 10 times the amount of lithium methanol to the obtained polymer solution. Thereafter, 0.05 parts by mass of an antioxidant per 100 parts by mass of the polymer was added to the polymer solution, followed by heat treatment at 215 ° C. in a reduced pressure flushing tank to remove volatile components. Further, the remaining volatile components were removed through an extruder with a vacuum vent at 215 ° C. to obtain a polymer (cyclic organic compound B-7).

 光散乱検出器付きゲルパーミエイションクロマトグラフィー(GPC-LALLS)により、テトロヒドロフラン(THF)を溶媒として、濃度0.001g/cm3で上記重合体の数平均分子量を測定した。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer was measured by gel permeation chromatography with a light scattering detector (GPC-LALLS) at a concentration of 0.001 g / cm 3 using tetrohydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.

 ≪評価≫
 (塗布液の濁度評価)
 光学フィルム11と、実施例1で作製した光学フィルム4・5の作製で使用した塗布液(硬化性組成物)について、濁度計(NHD2000型、日本電色工業株式会社製)、光路長10mmの石英セルを使用して濁度を測定し、以下の基準に基づいて評価した。
 〈評価基準〉
  ◎:濁度が0.5mg/l未満である。
  ○:濁度が0.5mg/l以上3.0mg/l未満である。
≪Evaluation≫
(Evaluation of turbidity of coating solution)
About the coating liquid (curable composition) used in the production of the optical film 11 and the optical films 4 and 5 produced in Example 1, a turbidimeter (NHD2000 type, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.), an optical path length of 10 mm The turbidity was measured using a quartz cell and evaluated based on the following criteria.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: Turbidity is less than 0.5 mg / l.
○: Turbidity is 0.5 mg / l or more and less than 3.0 mg / l.

 各光学フィルム4、5、11のSP値等の特性および濁度についての評価の結果を表3に示す。 Table 3 shows the evaluation results for the characteristics and turbidity of each optical film 4, 5, 11 such as SP value.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023

 表3より、塗布液の濁度を抑える観点から、硬化層に含まれる環式有機化合物の数平均分子量は240000以下であることが望ましく、200000以下であることがより望ましいと言える。また、上記数平均分子量が242000と950との間で、950寄りの値である20000未満であれば、塗布液の濁度を十分に抑えることができ、1000未満であれば、塗布液の濁度を十分にかつ確実に抑えることができるものと考えられる。 From Table 3, it can be said that the number average molecular weight of the cyclic organic compound contained in the cured layer is preferably 240000 or less and more preferably 200000 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing the turbidity of the coating solution. If the number average molecular weight is less than 20000, which is a value close to 950 between 242000 and 950, the turbidity of the coating solution can be sufficiently suppressed. It is considered that the degree can be sufficiently and reliably suppressed.

 <実施例4>
 (硬化層組成物2の作製)
 〈ポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆微粒子の調製〉
 容器に、メタクリル酸メチル(共栄社化学(株)製:ライトエステルM)30ml、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学(株)製:KBM-803)1mlと、溶媒としてテトラヒドロフラン100ml、重合開始剤としてアゾイソブチロニトリル(関東化学(株)製:AIBN)50mgを添加し、N2ガスで置換した後、80℃で3時間加熱してポリマーシランカップリング剤を調製した。得られたポリマーシランカップリング剤の分子量は16,000であった。なお、分子量の測定は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー装置で測定した。
<Example 4>
(Preparation of cured layer composition 2)
<Preparation of polymer silane coupling agent coated fine particles>
In a container, 30 ml of methyl methacrylate (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd .: Light Ester M), 1 ml of 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: KBM-803), 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran as a solvent, polymerization initiator Was added 50 mg of azoisobutyronitrile (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc .: AIBN) and substituted with N 2 gas, followed by heating at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to prepare a polymer silane coupling agent. The obtained polymer silane coupling agent had a molecular weight of 16,000. The molecular weight was measured with a gel permeation chromatography apparatus.

 次に、シリカゾル(日揮触媒化成工業(株)製:Si-45P、SiO2濃度30重量%、平均粒子径45nm、分散媒:水)をイオン交換樹脂にてイオン交換し、限外濾過膜法で水をエタノールに溶媒置換してシリカ微粒子のエタノール分散液100g(SiO2濃度30重量%)を調製した。 Next, silica sol (manufactured by JGC Catalysts & Chemicals Co., Ltd .: Si-45P, SiO 2 concentration 30% by weight, average particle size 45 nm, dispersion medium: water) is ion-exchanged with an ion exchange resin, and an ultrafiltration membrane method is used. Then, water was replaced with ethanol to prepare 100 g of an ethanol dispersion of silica fine particles (SiO 2 concentration 30 wt%).

 このシリカ微粒子エタノール分散液100gとポリマーシランカップリング剤1.5gとをアセトン20g(25ml)に分散し、これに濃度29.8重量%のアンモニア水20mgを添加し、室温で30時間攪拌してポリマーシランカップリング剤をシリカ微粒子に吸着させた。 100 g of the silica fine particle ethanol dispersion and 1.5 g of the polymer silane coupling agent are dispersed in 20 g (25 ml) of acetone, and 20 mg of aqueous ammonia having a concentration of 29.8% by weight is added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature for 30 hours. The polymer silane coupling agent was adsorbed on the silica fine particles.

 その後、平均粒子径5μmのシリカ粒子を添加し、2時間攪拌して溶液中の未吸着のポリマーシランカップリング剤をシリカ粒子に吸着させ、ついで、遠心分離により未吸着であったポリマーシランカップリング剤を吸着した平均粒子径5μmのシリカ粒子を除去した。ポリマーシランカップリング剤を吸着したシリカ微粒子分散液にエタノール1000g加え、シリカ微粒子を沈降させ、これを分離、減圧乾燥し、ついで、25℃で8時間乾燥してポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆シリカ(1)を得た。得られたポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆シリカ(1)の平均粒子径は57nmであった。平均粒子径はレーザー粒子径測定装置により測定した。 Thereafter, silica particles having an average particle diameter of 5 μm are added and stirred for 2 hours to adsorb the unadsorbed polymer silane coupling agent in the solution to the silica particles, and then the polymer silane coupling that has not been adsorbed by centrifugation. Silica particles having an average particle diameter of 5 μm adsorbing the agent were removed. 1000 g of ethanol is added to the silica fine particle dispersion adsorbing the polymer silane coupling agent, and the silica fine particles are precipitated, separated, dried under reduced pressure, and then dried at 25 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain a polymer silane coupling agent-coated silica (1 ) The obtained polymer silane coupling agent-coated silica (1) had an average particle size of 57 nm. The average particle size was measured with a laser particle size measuring device.

 〈硬化層組成物2の調整〉
 上記で作製したポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆シリカ(1)と、下記の化合物とを攪拌混合して、硬化層組成物2を調整した。
 (微粒子)
 ポリマーシランカップリング剤被覆シリカ(1)      60質量部
 (活性線硬化樹脂)
 NKエステルA-DCP(トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業社製)
                             35質量部
 (光重合開始剤)
 イルガキュア184(BASFジャパン(株)製)      5質量部
 (添加剤)
 シリコーン系化合物(ビックケミージャパン株式会社製:BYK-UV3510)
                              1質量部
 (環式有機化合物)
 B-4(YSレジンTO105、ヤスハラケミカル株式会社製)
                              8質量部
 (溶剤)
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル         80質量部
 酢酸メチル                       20質量部
<Adjustment of cured layer composition 2>
The cured silane composition 2 was prepared by stirring and mixing the polymer silane coupling agent-coated silica (1) prepared above and the following compound.
(Fine particles)
Polymer silane coupling agent-coated silica (1) 60 parts by mass (active ray curable resin)
NK Ester A-DCP (Tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
35 parts by mass (photopolymerization initiator)
Irgacure 184 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 5 parts by mass (additive)
Silicone compound (BYK-UV3510, manufactured by BYK Japan)
1 part by mass (cyclic organic compound)
B-4 (YS Resin TO105, manufactured by Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.)
8 parts by mass (solvent)
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 80 parts by weight Methyl acetate 20 parts by weight

 (光学フィルム12の作製)
 実施例1の光学フィルム5の硬化層1上に、上記で作製した硬化層組成物2を、マイクログラビアコーターを用いて塗布し、恒率乾燥区間温度50℃、減率乾燥区間温度50℃で乾燥の後、酸素濃度が1.0体積%以下の雰囲気になるように窒素パージしながら、紫外線ランプを用い照射部の照度が100mW/cm2で、照射量を0.3J/cm2として塗布層を硬化させ、ドライ膜厚2μmの硬化層2を形成して、ロール状に巻き取り、光学フィルム12を作製した。
(Preparation of optical film 12)
The cured layer composition 2 prepared above is applied onto the cured layer 1 of the optical film 5 of Example 1 using a micro gravure coater, and the constant rate drying zone temperature is 50 ° C. and the reduced rate drying zone temperature is 50 ° C. After drying, while purging with nitrogen so that the oxygen concentration is 1.0% by volume or less, using an ultraviolet lamp, the illuminance of the irradiated part is 100 mW / cm 2 and the irradiation amount is 0.3 J / cm 2. The layer was cured to form a cured layer 2 having a dry film thickness of 2 μm and wound into a roll to produce an optical film 12.

 (光学フィルム13の作製)
 実施例1の光学フィルム4の硬化層1上に、上記で作製した硬化層組成物2を、マイクログラビアコーターを用いて塗布して硬化層2を形成した以外は、光学フィルム12の作製と同様にして光学フィルム13を作製した。
(Preparation of optical film 13)
Except that the cured layer composition 2 prepared above was applied on the cured layer 1 of the optical film 4 of Example 1 using a microgravure coater to form the cured layer 2, the same as the production of the optical film 12. Thus, an optical film 13 was produced.

 ≪評価≫
 (光学フィルムの耐擦傷性試験)
 各光学フィルム4、5、12、13の硬化層の最表面に対して、#0000のスチールウールを用い、ストローク幅10mm、速度500mm/secの条件で10往復の擦り試験を、異なる荷重で実施した。そして、各荷重で擦った後、サンプル最表面を目視で観察し、10mm以上の傷が入るまでの荷重を測定し、以下の基準に基づいて評価した。なお、荷重の値が大きいほど、耐擦傷性に優れていることを示す。
 〈評価基準〉
  ◎:荷重が2kgになるまで、10mm以上の傷が入らなかった。
  ○:荷重が500gになるまで、10mm以上の傷が入らなかった。
≪Evaluation≫
(Abrasion resistance test of optical film)
Using the steel wool of # 0000 on the outermost surface of the cured layer of each of the optical films 4, 5, 12, and 13, a 10-reciprocal rubbing test was performed with different loads under the conditions of a stroke width of 10 mm and a speed of 500 mm / sec. did. And after rubbing with each load, the sample outermost surface was observed visually, the load until a 10 mm or more damage | wound entered was measured, and it evaluated based on the following references | standards. In addition, it shows that it is excellent in abrasion resistance, so that the value of a load is large.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: Scratches of 10 mm or more did not enter until the load reached 2 kg.
○: Scratches of 10 mm or more did not enter until the load reached 500 g.

 各光学フィルム4、5、12、13のSP値等の特性および耐擦傷性についての評価の結果を表4に示す。 Table 4 shows the evaluation results of the optical films 4, 5, 12, and 13 such as SP value and scratch resistance.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024

 表4より、基材上に硬化層を2層設けることにより、硬化層を1層設ける構成に比べて、耐擦傷性が確実に向上すると言える。 From Table 4, it can be said that by providing two hardened layers on the base material, the scratch resistance is surely improved as compared with the constitution in which one hardened layer is provided.

 以上で説明した本実施形態の光学フィルム、偏光板および画像表示装置は、以下のように表現することができる。 The optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device of the present embodiment described above can be expressed as follows.

 1.基材の少なくとも一方の面に硬化層を有する光学フィルムであって、
 前記硬化層が、
 脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂と、
 溶解性パラメータであるSP値が17.0~21.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であり、芳香環構造を有する、または脂環構造に極性置換基を有する、少なくとも1種の環式有機化合物とを含み、
 前記環式有機化合物が、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合体であることを特徴とする光学フィルム。
1. An optical film having a cured layer on at least one surface of a substrate,
The cured layer is
An active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure;
The SP value, which is a solubility parameter, is in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], has an aromatic ring structure, or has a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure. A kind of cyclic organic compound,
The optical film, wherein the cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.

 2.前記エチレン性不飽和モノマーが、クマロン、インデン、スチレン、ビニルトルエン、イソプレン、ピペリレン、テルペンの各構造のうち、少なくとも1つを含有していることを特徴とする前記1に記載の光学フィルム。 2. 2. The optical film as described in 1 above, wherein the ethylenically unsaturated monomer contains at least one of the structures of coumarone, indene, styrene, vinyl toluene, isoprene, piperylene and terpene.

 3.前記環式有機化合物の数平均分子量が、500以上20000未満であることを特徴とする前記1または2に記載の光学フィルム。 3. 3. The optical film as described in 1 or 2 above, wherein the cyclic organic compound has a number average molecular weight of 500 or more and less than 20000.

 4.前記環式有機化合物が、芳香環構造を有していることを特徴とする前記1から3のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。 4. 4. The optical film as described in any one of 1 to 3 above, wherein the cyclic organic compound has an aromatic ring structure.

 5.前記環式有機化合物のSP値が、18.0~20.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であることを特徴とする前記1から4のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。 5. 5. The optical film as described in any one of 1 to 4 above, wherein the cyclic organic compound has an SP value in the range of 18.0 to 20.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ].

 6.前記基材は、セルロースエステルフィルムであることを特徴とする前記1から5のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。 6. 6. The optical film as described in any one of 1 to 5, wherein the substrate is a cellulose ester film.

 7.前記硬化層が、2層以上設けられていることを特徴とする前記1から6のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。 7. 7. The optical film as described in any one of 1 to 6, wherein two or more hardened layers are provided.

 8.前記1から7のいずれかに記載の光学フィルムが、偏光子の一方の面に貼り合わされていることを特徴とする偏光板。 8. 8. A polarizing plate, wherein the optical film according to any one of 1 to 7 is bonded to one surface of a polarizer.

 9.前記8に記載の偏光板が、表示セルの少なくとも一方の面側に設けられていることを特徴とする画像表示装置。 9. 9. An image display device, wherein the polarizing plate according to 8 is provided on at least one surface side of the display cell.

 本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光板や、液晶表示装置などの画像表示装置に利用可能である。 The optical film of the present invention can be used for image display devices such as polarizing plates and liquid crystal display devices.

   1   画像表示装置
   4   液晶セル(表示セル)
   5   偏光板
  11   偏光子
  12   フィルム基材(基材)
  13   硬化層
  15   光学フィルム
1 Image display device 4 Liquid crystal cell (display cell)
5 Polarizing plate 11 Polarizer 12 Film base material (base material)
13 Hardened layer 15 Optical film

Claims (9)

 基材の少なくとも一方の面に硬化層を有する光学フィルムであって、
 前記硬化層が、
 脂環構造を有する活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂と、
 溶解性パラメータであるSP値が17.0~21.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であり、芳香環構造を有する、または脂環構造に極性置換基を有する、少なくとも1種の環式有機化合物とを含み、
 前記環式有機化合物が、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合体であることを特徴とする光学フィルム。
An optical film having a cured layer on at least one surface of a substrate,
The cured layer is
An active energy ray-curable resin having an alicyclic structure;
The SP value, which is a solubility parameter, is in the range of 17.0 to 21.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ], has an aromatic ring structure, or has a polar substituent in the alicyclic structure. A kind of cyclic organic compound,
The optical film, wherein the cyclic organic compound is a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
 前記エチレン性不飽和モノマーが、クマロン、インデン、スチレン、ビニルトルエン、イソプレン、ピペリレン、テルペンの各構造のうち、少なくとも1つを含有していることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の光学フィルム。 2. The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the ethylenically unsaturated monomer contains at least one of the structures of coumarone, indene, styrene, vinyl toluene, isoprene, piperylene, and terpene.  前記環式有機化合物の数平均分子量が、500以上20000未満であることを特徴とする請求項1または2に記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the cyclic organic compound has a number average molecular weight of 500 or more and less than 20000.  前記環式有機化合物が、芳香環構造を有していることを特徴とする請求項1から3のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the cyclic organic compound has an aromatic ring structure.  前記環式有機化合物のSP値が、18.0~20.0[(J/cm31/2]の範囲であることを特徴とする請求項1から4のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。 5. The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the cyclic organic compound has an SP value in the range of 18.0 to 20.0 [(J / cm 3 ) 1/2 ]. .  前記基材は、セルロースエステルフィルムであることを特徴とする請求項1から5のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the substrate is a cellulose ester film.  前記硬化層が、2層以上設けられていることを特徴とする請求項1から6のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to claim 1, wherein two or more of the cured layers are provided.  請求項1から7のいずれかに記載の光学フィルムが、偏光子の一方の面に貼り合わされていることを特徴とする偏光板。 A polarizing plate, wherein the optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 7 is bonded to one surface of a polarizer.  請求項8に記載の偏光板が、表示セルの少なくとも一方の面側に設けられていることを特徴とする画像表示装置。 9. An image display device, wherein the polarizing plate according to claim 8 is provided on at least one surface side of the display cell.
PCT/JP2015/066393 2014-09-05 2015-06-05 Optical film, polarizer, and image display device Ceased WO2016035404A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-181233 2014-09-05
JP2014181233 2014-09-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016035404A1 true WO2016035404A1 (en) 2016-03-10

Family

ID=55439477

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/066393 Ceased WO2016035404A1 (en) 2014-09-05 2015-06-05 Optical film, polarizer, and image display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI556001B (en)
WO (1) WO2016035404A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017167373A (en) * 2016-03-17 2017-09-21 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Optical laminated film, polarizing plate, circularly polarizing plate, and image display device

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11320570B2 (en) * 2020-04-08 2022-05-03 Delta Electronics, Inc. Wavelength converting device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001022065A (en) * 1999-07-05 2001-01-26 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd IMAGE FORMING MATERIAL AND IMAGE DEVICE USING THE SAME
WO2014119487A1 (en) * 2013-02-01 2014-08-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, method for producing same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2014171399A1 (en) * 2013-04-15 2014-10-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, process for producing optical film, polarizer, and image display device
JP2015007768A (en) * 2013-05-29 2015-01-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Low moisture-permeable film, optical film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and production method of low moisture-permeable film
JP2015045718A (en) * 2013-08-28 2015-03-12 凸版印刷株式会社 Hard coat film, polarizing plate, and transmissive liquid crystal display

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009110453A1 (en) * 2008-03-04 2009-09-11 新日鐵化学株式会社 Polyfunctional vinyl aromatic copolymer, process for producing the same, and resin composition
US8853291B2 (en) * 2010-02-26 2014-10-07 Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd. Curable resin composition, cured article thereof, and optical material
JP5696091B2 (en) * 2011-04-25 2015-04-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, protective film, photospacer, substrate for liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and solid-state imaging device
WO2013027833A1 (en) * 2011-08-25 2013-02-28 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photopolymerizable composition, photopolymerizable coating agent, laminate, and polarizing plate
JP2013067673A (en) * 2011-09-20 2013-04-18 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Resin paste composition and semiconductor device
WO2014002690A1 (en) * 2012-06-25 2014-01-03 Jsr株式会社 Curable composition, cured film and display element

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001022065A (en) * 1999-07-05 2001-01-26 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd IMAGE FORMING MATERIAL AND IMAGE DEVICE USING THE SAME
WO2014119487A1 (en) * 2013-02-01 2014-08-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, method for producing same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2014171399A1 (en) * 2013-04-15 2014-10-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, process for producing optical film, polarizer, and image display device
JP2015007768A (en) * 2013-05-29 2015-01-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Low moisture-permeable film, optical film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and production method of low moisture-permeable film
JP2015045718A (en) * 2013-08-28 2015-03-12 凸版印刷株式会社 Hard coat film, polarizing plate, and transmissive liquid crystal display

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017167373A (en) * 2016-03-17 2017-09-21 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Optical laminated film, polarizing plate, circularly polarizing plate, and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI556001B (en) 2016-11-01
TW201610462A (en) 2016-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5751249B2 (en) Hard coat film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP6048419B2 (en) Method for producing hard coat film and method for producing polarizing plate
JP6673363B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2012026245A1 (en) Hard-coat film, polarizing plate, and liquid-crystal display device
JP5994746B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device with hard coat film, polarizing plate and touch panel
JP5943070B2 (en) Hard coat film, method for producing hard coat film, and touch panel display device
JP6048506B2 (en) Optical film
CN105849600B (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
JP2015179204A (en) Hard coat film, polarizing plate, and image display device
TWI544238B (en) Optical film and optical film manufacturing method, polarizing film and liquid crystal display device
JP5888410B2 (en) Method for producing hard coat film
JP6164050B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device
WO2016035404A1 (en) Optical film, polarizer, and image display device
JP2015025877A (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
WO2015151795A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, image display device and method for manufacturing image display device
JP2017021181A (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
TW201231534A (en) Method for producing cellulose ester-containing resin molded article, optical film, polarizing plate, and display device
WO2016009743A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2016013261A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2016038922A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15838423

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15838423

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP